Power Utilities

home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search

/ Power Utilities / Power Utilities.iso / utility / pro43 / lasr_man.doc < prev next >

Wrap

Text File | 1993-09-04 | 357.6 KB | 9,211 lines

Ç ──────────────────────────────────────────── Ç ┼┐════════════════════════════════════════════ ╔╬╗ ┴ ╨║╨ ┐ ╔╩╗ ┴ ╨ ╨ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ Welcome to LASR_MAN, a utility program to print text files on a laser or ink jet printer in a variety of styles! ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ U S E R M A N U A L Version 5.1 ▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄ Copyright 1990-1993 by MicroMetric. All rights reserved. LASR_MAN is distributed as SHAREWARE and, as such, may be copied and shared on a private non-commercial basis with others in its unmodified form. Liability is limited to replacing the software for registered users. There is no liability for any damage or loss caused by this software, directly or indirectly. ┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌───────┐ │█ │ ┌────┴──┐ │ (R) │█ │ ──│ │O │─────────────────── │█ │ │ ┌────┴╨─┐ │ Association of │█ │ │ │ │─┘ Shareware │█ │ └──│ O │ Professionals │█ │ ─────│ ║ │───────────────────── │█ │ └───╨───┘ MEMBER │█ └────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████ If you have problems with this program, or want to send comments, manual correc- tions, configuration files for other printers that you want to share, or en- hancement suggestions, you may call or mail them to: MicroMetric 98 Dade Avenue Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA Tech Support . . (813) 377-2515 FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091 Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490 The MicroMetric Software Support BBS provides availability of and technical support for the MicroMetric ■■■■_MAN series of shareware programs. First time callers have access to the board and can leave messages or download re- plies/current shareware releases. Registered users may also download the latest Beta test software releases, when available. Additionally, you can send routed E-Mail via the RIME(tm) network to David Groome at the ->ACTION node in the ASP, Laser, Batch, Common, or Shareware con- ferences. I also check CompuServe (71631,744), but only on an infrequent basis. PKZIP, PKUNZIP, and PKSFX are trademarks of PKWARE, Inc. LaserJet and DeskJet are trademarks of the Hewlett-Packard Company. Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation. IBM PC, XT, AT, and PC-DOS are registered trademarks of the IBM Corporation. MS-DOS is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation. 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Major Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Print Style Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Manual Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ■■■■_MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 INDX-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 From a Diskette Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 From a BBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Registered Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 RUNNING LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Program Operation with Microsoft Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Command Line/Environment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Summary of All Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Archive Bit Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Change Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Cover File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Drive-Directory Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 File - File Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Option File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Option Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Output To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Paper Source Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Printer Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Print Font to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Reverse Second Pass Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Style of Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Title (Header/Footer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 User Display Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 User Menu Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 HELP Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS LASR_MAN Version 5.1 UTILITY MENU Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 ESCAPE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 File View Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Actions and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Disk Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Printer Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MAIN MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Background Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Operation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Main Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Learning to use LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 SETUP FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Data path [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Change confg [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 User level [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Printer [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Print Fonts to Use [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Monitor [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Change menu colors [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Date Format Expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Restore Conf [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Reload the Defaults [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Restore Path [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Save Options [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 OPTIONS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Paper Size [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Style of Output [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Pages/Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Text Pages/Book Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Option File [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Cover file [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Page Title [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Option Switches [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 File Page Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Switch Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Print Form Feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Title Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Page Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Page Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Blank Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 No Left Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Spaces/Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Tab Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Text Word Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Line/Page Limit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Stamp-it! [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 4 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS FILES SELECT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 File Selection/Tag [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 File Mask [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Archive bit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 PRINT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Paper Source Bin [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Print these Selected Files [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Output To [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Generate Key Word Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 INDX-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Cutting and Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 137 Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 137 Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 138 Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, Two Text Pages/Book Page 138 Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, Four Text Pages/Book Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Stapling Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 EXIT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Return to DOS [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Cancel [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Save Options [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 DESKJET PRINTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 LASR_MAN FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 5 QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION This chapter is presented for, and dedicated to, those that are "Advanced" com- puter users, who feel that use of the manual is a "LAST RESORT" and only want to find out how to install LASR_MAN quickly and get the program running. To QUICK INSTALL LASR_MAN, first copy the distribution file(s) to a directory on your hard disk, preferably empty. For example, create a directory named "\LASR_MAN" and then copy the files from the distribution diskette to it. Next, unpack these files, either by typing the name of the distribution file if it is of the self-extracting type - denoted by an extension of "EXE" - or decom- press the files using the PKUNZIP program, version 2. To run the LASR_MAN program, first change the current drive and directory to that on which you have installed the program, type LASR_MAN and press ENTER . All of the command line parameters are optional and none are normally required to run the program. If you experience display problems, such as display blink- ing, replace this with LASR_MAN /MM for monochrome monitor systems or LASR_MAN /MC for those using CGA monitors. The shareware documentation may be printed using the supplied batch file "PRINTDOC". For full instructions, see the "README.LM" file. 7 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN prints ASCII text files (those without format control characters) on a laser or ink jet printer in any of thirty-six styles. Available styles include: normal portrait or landscape orientation, each with five font sizes ranging from ten to thirty-three characters per inch; multiple pages per paper sheet - two, four, eight, or sixteen; individual files, where each is printed in the form of a pamphlet; groups of files printed together, each file as a chapter, in the form of a book. See the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW", later in this chapter, for a more complete description of all of the available print styles. LASR_MAN can dramatically decrease the amount of paper required to print many of your documents - by as much as 93%. It can also save laser toner (except for the Pica pitch, the characters are smaller) and wear and tear on the printer (less paper passing through). It's great for use with draft documents, program list- ings and manuals, wide spreadsheets, database listings, legal documents, etc. You can select the print pitch size based on usage: normal and medium sizes for everyday use, small and tiny print for draft, occasional, and archival purposes. Many options are available including custom header/footer page titles, cover files, a halftone "rubber stamp", and menu option/file(s) selection. Other op- tions include user levels, menu colors, customizable page header, print fonts to use, and substitution of spaces for tabs. The configuration file includes com- mands for printing on letter, legal, and A4 size paper. LASR_MAN options may be specified in an environment variable, on the program's command line, from a file of saved options, or by menu selection while the pro- gram is running. Files to be printed may be selected in the same manner. One option of especial importance is that of USER LEVEL. There are three user levels available within the system: "Normal", "Advanced", and "Expert". These user levels control the number of available options and the background informa- tion displays. LASR_MAN prints only unformatted ASCII files. If you use it to print a .COM file or a document generated by a word processor such as WordPerfect and stored in that word processor's format, the output will look strange. To print a document generated from a word processor and normally stored in it's format, first have the word processor program store the document in the unformatted "ASCII" form. The only control characters that are passed from the text file to the printer are carriage return (13), line feed (10), and form feed (12). The tab character (9) is converted to spaces. All other control characters (0-31) are replaced by a '■', or, optionally, another user selected character. Valid characters (32-255) are printed "as-is". The default printer commands are configured for use with several Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet printer models. However all printer commands are available to the user in the configuration file and each may be changed for use with other printers. See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for information on changing the printer commands and messages. LASR_MAN will support both Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet printers and those that emulate them. Users with DeskJet printers should read the chapter "DESKJET PRINTERS" for a list of printing limitations. 8 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION Major Features Printing * Sixteen Major Print Styles: - Single and double sided standard portrait type orientation. - Single and double sided standard landscape type orientation. - Single and double sided landscape type with two pages/sheet side. - Single and double sided portrait type with four pages/sheet side. - Single and double sided landscape type with eight pages/sheet side. - Pamphlet type - four, eight, or sixteen pages per sheet. - Book type (a merge of multiple files into one document) - four, eight, or sixteen pages per sheet. * Five character pitch options with standard portrait and landscape type orien- tation: ten, twelve, seventeen, twenty-three, or thirty-three characters per inch. * Letter Gothic family of soft downloadable fonts available for all pitch op- tions - or use internal fonts for fastest print speed. * Supports Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet printers, and compatibles. * Print up to seventy-five files of 5000 pages in one program pass. * Support for printing of letter, legal, and A4 paper sizes. * Ability to select and print cover files before other selected files. * Select and print halftone "rubber stamps", with either of two styles, on each text page. * Three paging options for Book and Pamphlet styles: one, two, or four text pages per book page. * Optional three segment page header/footer title that may be customized to include user entered data, the file name, its last date and time updated, current date and time, and the page number. * Variety of option switches for output formatting including: - Page title left and right segments may be reversed on even pages. - Option to allow a half-inch binding border. - Menu selection from ten page divider styles for multiple text pages per side. - Horizontal or vertical text page flow for 4 and 8 pages per side output styles. - Options to suppress blank lines and/or left margins on output. - Define how many spaces text tabs represent; how many space wide they will print. Operation * Multiple menu and display user levels - Normal, Advanced, and Expert. * Menu selection of paper size and paper source bin using a configuration file that is user-editable; override any parameter(s) with selectable change con- figuration files. * Output may be directed to any LPT1-3 or COM1-4 port, or to a disk file. * No need to type the paths and names of files to be printed. * Determine the required number of printed pages for any file before its print selection. * Change the program options and save the changes in a named option file. These options may then be reloaded any time the program is run. * Select the date display format and edit the date element seperator character. 9 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 * Ability to select only files whose archive bit is on and then turn it off after printing. * Specify the file names to be displayed and then tagged for printing with DOS wildcard characters. * Tag individual files or groups of files on the selected directory for print- ing. * Preview how a file's pages will look when printed before selecting the file or before printing it. * Determine the pages/sheets required for the currently marked files during selection. * Single pass printing of both sides of a paper sheet with duplex printers. * Second pass print messages may be user-edited. * May be set for reverse printing of the second print pass to allow for the use of any input tray. * A utility menu, accessed with F10 , allows closing the printer file and en- able/disable blinking when used with multi-tasking operating systems. * Generates index words from any document(s) being printed, for processing by INDX-IT!. * Seamless interface to INDX-IT! to process, sort and generate index word re- ports. This feature, and the previous one, are ONLY displayed and available if the commercial program INDX-IT! is present. Structure * User interface is with pop-up window menus whose colors are user- selectable. * Menus follow the IBM SAA/CUA (System Application Architecture-Common Usage Access) guidelines. * Automatic color display on systems so equipped - user may set menu colors. * Specify most options in the Environment and/or the program's command line and then be able to override them with the program menus. * Context sensitive help available for all actions. * Special document files to assist in determining the proper operating proce- dures for the various printer setups and printing styles. * File names are ISO compliant, for use on CD-ROM's. * Indexed manual may be printed with this program. Additionally, there is a batch file, PRINTDOC, that will aid in printing the documentation in a vari- ety of styles. * Registered users may suppress the shareware reminder message displays and receive a printed/bound manual along with a brand program that will register the program. 10 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION Print Style Overview LASR_MAN will print text documents in either portrait or landscape orientation on a laser printer. PORTRAIT orientation is where the long side of the paper is on the left and right edge, and the short side is on the top and bottom edge of the paper sheet, as shown below. NOTE The style diagrams in this section denote one side of a paper sheet with a single closed boxed line. A text page is depicted using the '░' character. ╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ long side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ LANDSCAPE TYPE orientation has the long side as the top and bottom edge and the short side on the left and right edge, as shown below. ╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ short side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ 11 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Additionally, more that one text page may be printed on one side of the paper. The style summaries depicted above show only one text page per side while those below show two, four, and eight text pages per side. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 2 or 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PITCH: 17 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║ ║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║ ║ PITCH: 33 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║ ║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ 12 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION On sheets printed with either four or eight text pages per side, the page flow may be either horizontal, as shown above, or vertical, as shown below. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║ ║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:7 │ ║ ║ PITCH: 33 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║ ║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:8 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ 13 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Text files may also be printed in either the form of a pamphlet or a book. A Pamphlet TYPE is defined within LASR_MAN as the text contents of a SINGLE file printed on a set of paper sheets, such that it can be cut/folded in the form of a pamphlet or booklet (cutting is only required for styles that print four or eight pages per side). Sample depictions of the output from either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style of a single file each, containing only the number of pages that will fit on a sin- gle sheet of paper, are shown below. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║ ║ PITCH: 17 ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ║ FRONT BACK ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ║ ║ PITCH: 23 │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ║ FRONT BACK ║ ║ (Double line signifies to CUT the sheets here) ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ 14 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║ ║ PITCH: 33 ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 ║ PAGE:14│ PAGE:3 │ │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:13║ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:15│ ║ ║ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 ║ PAGE:10│ PAGE:7 │ │ PAGE:8 │ PAGE:9 ║ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:11│ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ║ FRONT BACK ║ ║ (Double line signifies to CUT the sheets here) ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ PAMPHLET TYPE output always prints individual files on separate sets of output sheets. If two files are printed in PAMPHLET TYPE style at one time, the output will consist of TWO separate sets of paper sheets, each one with the text con- tents of only ONE of the two files. A BOOK TYPE is printed in the same manner as the PAMPHLET TYPE, except there is only one set of paper sheets of output, regardless of the number of files print- ed at one time. Each file is treated as a chapter in the book, and these files are printed one after another. NOTE Printing a single file with either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style will result in the same output. 15 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 The same two files are depicted below, first in PAMPHLET TYPE style, and then in BOOK TYPE style. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║ ║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 2, 4, or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 4, 8, or 16 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├────┐ ║ ║ PITCH: 17, 23, or 33│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ ├─┐ ║ ║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │░░░ │ │ ║ ║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │░░░ │ ├─┐ ║ ║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │░░░ │ │ │ ║ ║ └────┬──────────────────────────────┘░░░ │ │ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║ ║ NOTE: Only the front of │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║ ║ these pamphlet sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ ║ ║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║ ║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:3 │ │ ║ ║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║ ║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:5 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ STYLE: Book │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║ ║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 2, 4, or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├─┐ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 4, 8, or 16 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ├─┐ ║ ║ PITCH: 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ├─┐ ║ ║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ │ │ ║ ║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ │ ║ ║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │ │ │ │ ║ ║ NOTE: Only the front of └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ ║ ║ these book sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:5 │ │ │ ║ ║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║ ║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:7 │ │ ║ ║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║ ║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:4 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ PAMPHLET and BOOK type output may also have more than one text page per book page. The three options of one, two, or four text pages per book page are graph- ically shown below. 16 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║ ║ TEXT PAGES/ ║ ║ BOOK PAGE: 1 ║ ║ PITCH: 17 ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 ║ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ║ FRONT BACK ║ ║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ║ ║ TEXT PAGES/ │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║ ║ BOOK PAGE: 2 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ PITCH: 23 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ║ FRONT BACK ║ ║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ 17 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║ ║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║ ║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 ║ ║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║ ║ PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║ ║ TEXT PAGES/ ║ ║ BOOK PAGE: 4 ║ ║ PITCH: 33 ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 ║ PAGE:9 │ PAGE:10│ ║ ║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 ║ PAGE:11│ PAGE:12│ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ║ FRONT BACK ║ ║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ All three of the last styles are useful when printing out large documents, the last two especially for occasional use. There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the largest of those sizes - Pica Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at ten characters per inch horizontally and six lines per inch vertically. There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the second largest of those sizes - Elite Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at twelve characters per inch horizontally and eight lines per inch vertically. There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the middle of those sizes - Line Printer Letter Gothic. This font is normally print- ed at 16.67 characters per inch horizontally, 9.34 lines per inch vertically, and is used when printing two text pages per side. There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the next to the smallest of those sizes - Small Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at twenty-three characters per inch horizontally, 12.67 lines per inch vertically, and is used when printing four text pages per side. There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the smallest of those sizes - Tiny Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at thirty-three characters per inch horizontally, sixteen lines per inch vertical- ly, and is used when printing eight text pages per side. The following table presents a summary of the thirty-six LASR_MAN printing styles currently available. 18 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION ╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ S T Y L E S U M M A R Y ║ ╠═══════════╤═══════╤═══════╤══════╤═══════╤═══════════════════════════════════╣ ║ │ │ │ │ │ PAPER SIZE ║ ║ MAJOR │ SIDES │ PAGES │ PAGES│ PITCH ├───────────┬───────────┬───────────╢ ║ STYLE │ ───── │ ───── │ ──── │ │ LETTER │ LEGAL │ A4 ║ ║ TYPE │ SHEET │ SIDE │ BOOK │ ├─────┬─────┼─────┬─────┼─────┬─────╢ ║ │ │ │ PAGE │ CPI* │ CPL*│ LPP*│ CPL │ LPP │ CPL │ LPP ║ ╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢ ║ Portrait │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 80 │ 60 │ 80 │ 78 │ 77 │ 65 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 96 │ 81 │ 96 │ 105 │ 93 │ 87 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 133 │ 95 │ 133 │ 123 │ 129 │ 102 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 183 │ 131 │ 183 │ 169 │ 179 │ 140 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 264 │ 166 │ 264 │ 213 │ 258 │ 176 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 4 │ - │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 80 │ 60 │ 80 │ 78 │ 77 │ 65 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 96 │ 81 │ 96 │ 105 │ 93 │ 87 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 133 │ 95 │ 133 │ 123 │ 129 │ 102 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 183 │ 131 │ 183 │ 169 │ 179 │ 140 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 264 │ 166 │ 264 │ 213 │ 258 │ 176 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 4 │ - │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║ ╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢ ║ Landscape │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 106 │ 45 │ 136 │ 45 │ 112 │ 43 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 127 │ 61 │ 163 │ 60 │ 135 │ 59 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 176 │ 72 │ 226 │ 72 │ 187 │ 70 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 243 │ 98 │ 313 │ 98 │ 259 │ 94 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 351 │ 125 │ 451 │ 125 │ 374 │ 122 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 2 │ - │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 60 ║ ║ │ 1 │ 8 │ - │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 58 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 106 │ 45 │ 136 │ 45 │ 112 │ 43 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 127 │ 61 │ 163 │ 60 │ 135 │ 59 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 176 │ 72 │ 226 │ 72 │ 187 │ 70 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 243 │ 98 │ 313 │ 98 │ 259 │ 94 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 33 │ 351 │ 125 │ 451 │ 125 │ 374 │ 122 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 2 │ - │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 60 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 8 │ - │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 58 ║ ╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢ ║ Pamphlet │ 2 │ 2 │ 1 │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 1 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 2 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 1 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 4 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║ ╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢ ║ Book │ 2 │ 2 │ 1 │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 1 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 2 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 1 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║ ║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 4 │ 33 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 60 ║ ╚═══════════╧═══════╧═══════╧══════╧═══════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╝ * CPI=Characters per inch CPL=Characters per line LPP=Lines per page NOTE: If no header/footer is printed, the lines/page will be increased by two. 19 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 System Requirements LASR_MAN will run on an IBM PC, XT, AT, or a true compatible. It has been tested with PC-DOS/MS-DOS operating systems version 3.0 through 6.0. The program will determine what type of display monitor is available and adjust itself accord- ingly. The program was developed using Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IIP and DeskJet 500 printers, and should work with any LaserJet/DeskJet compatible printer. The program may also be used with other laser or ink jet printers that use the Printer Control Language (PCL) after defining their printer command codes in a configuration file. The configuration file supplied was set up for a laser printer with PCL4 and an ink jet printer with PCL3+ capability. Manual Format This manual is divided into several introductory chapters followed by a chapter for each LASR_MAN function menu. The format of these chapters, and the informa- tion presented therein, has been standardized using the following conventions. Page layout - Each page has a header detailing the chapter and the program ver- sion covered. A footer displays the manual page number. Brackets and parentheses - Brackets, [...], are used in the manual and in the help screens to specify what should be entered in response to the current prompt. If a character string is to be entered, the type of character is noted, such as ALPHA, NUMERIC, ANY, etc. Parentheses, (..), are used for comments. Computer key conventions - Keys specified in the manual text that are not in entry brackets are shown as reversed text, such as ESCAPE . All key references are in capital letters for clarity. Action steps - Some procedures may require selection from a menu of options, inputting data, or following a sequence of operations. Most manual sections will first give an overview of the function or task under discussion and then detail the various action operating procedures. In order to make this manual easier to use, a symbol, -> , marks the beginning of each of these action operating proce- dures. ■■■■_MAN programs - The general group of shareware programs by MicroMetric is referred to by the name ■■■■_MAN. It may also be used in reference to a specific program in that group. Shareware distributed documentation manual - The documentation file included on the shareware distribution diskette contains the same information as the printed and bound manual, supplied as part of registration, with two exceptions, the result of the word processor, formatting, and printer used. The first is that all of the control display characters (ASCII 1-31) and the reverse print key- board codes are NOT shown properly. Finally, bolding, underlining, and special symbols are NOT present. 20 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION Shareware LASR_MAN is being distributed as SHAREWARE. The SHAREWARE concept allows users to examine a program on a trial basis, at no (or minimal) charge, before pur- chasing it. In addition, by decreasing marketing costs, professional quality software may be distributed for a fraction of the cost of a comparable commer- cial product. Regardless of whether you register the program, please help dis- tribute LASR_MAN by sharing unmodified copies of it and its files with others. You are hereby granted the right to use the LASR_MAN program for a thirty (30) day evaluation period. If you find LASR_MAN of value, and continue to use it after this evaluation period, YOU MUST REGISTER YOUR PROGRAM USE. This will provide you with: * A 7" x 8 1/2" printed and bound manual. * LASR_MAN phone or mail support for one year. * Notification of the next major LASR_MAN release. * Additional LASR_MAN configuration change files. * Ability to suppress the shareware registration reminder message displayed at the end of the program. * An installation/update/registration branding program. * Sincere thanks for your support of the SHAREWARE concept. A Single System Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the LASR_MAN program on a single computer. A Site License Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the LASR_MAN program on all computers, including networks, at a single corporate location. Program Registration, Single System . . . . . $35. Includes latest version diskette and manual Program Registration, Site License . . . . $175. Includes latest version diskette and manual Latest Version Diskette only . . . . . . . . $5. Shipping - Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5. Shipping - Air (for outside of USA/Canada only) $10. COD orders (USA only), add $5. Florida residents, add 7% sales tax. COD and Credit Card orders may be placed by calling the toll free order line. ADDRESS: MicroMetric 98 Dade Avenue Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA PHONE: Tech Support . . (813) 377-2515 FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091 Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490 Order Line . . . (800) 929-0184 For ease in program registration, a registration order form may be printed at the program exit or there is a quick registration form that is available with the program F1 help key. 21 INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 This program is produced by a member of the Association of Shareware Profession- als (ASP). ASP wants to make sure that the shareware principal works for you. If you are unable to resolve a shareware-related problem with an ASP member by contacting the member directly, ASP may be able to help. The ASP Ombudsman can help you resolve a dispute or problem with an ASP member, but does not provide technical support for members' products. Please write to the ASP Ombudsman at 545 Grover Road, Muskegon, MI 49442-9427, send a CompuServe message via easyplex to ASP Ombudsman 70007,3536, or by FAX to the ASP FAX number: (616) 788-2765. In communications with the Ombudsman please include a telephone number and/or FAX if available. 22 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INTRODUCTION INDX-IT! INDX-IT! is a commercial software product that works in conjuction with LASR_MAN as a companion program to produce document indexes and lists of key words in formatted reports. There are LASR_MAN PRINT function options to both allow generation of a disk file with key words extracted from documents as they are printed and to inter- face with INDX-IT!, to generate indexes and reports. These options ARE ONLY AVAILABLE in LASR_MAN if the INDX-IT! program is present. If INDX-IT! is not present, you should ignore all references to it in this manu- al. 23 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories If the LASR_MAN files are not located on PATH referenced directories, then, when executing LASR_MAN, either: 1. The drive-directory on which they are located must be made the current one, or 2. The drive-directory on which they are located must be specified on the command line. See the chapter "Running LASR_MAN" for more complete details on operation if the files are not located on path directories. From a Diskette Vendor If the LASR_MAN program has been obtained from a diskette vendor, you should follow any of their instruction on unpacking/installing the programs (if indeed they have separate instructions.) The program, and its files, can be supplied as a self extracting file whose name is "LASR@xxx.EXE" (xxx is the version, such as "LASR@100"). This file should first be copied to a directory on your hard disk. This direc- tory may be a new one, such as one named "LP", and created specifically for LASR_MAN, or a current one, such as "UTILITY", that has other programs/files. For information on creating a separate directory, see your DOS manual. Once the file is copied to the desired hard disk directory, at the DOS prompt change to this drive directory, and then type the EXE file name (such as "LASR@100") and press ENTER . This will unpack all of the LASR_MAN files. From a BBS If the LASR_MAN file was downloaded from a Bulletin Board, it should first be copied to a directory as defined above, and then unpacked, using whatever pro- gram is specified by the Bulletin Board. It is normally distributed with a name of "LASR@vvv.ZIP" (vvv is the version) or "LASMAN.ZIP" and requires PKUNZIP, version 2, to unpack the files. The user manual (this document) may be printed out by LASR_MAN, but only after it is installed. (Sort of like the chicken and egg problem, isn't it!) Registered Version Registered users should use the program "INSTALL", that is supplied upon regis- tration. This program will create a registration file which will, in turn, sup- press the shareware registration reminders. If the system is already installed, and only "BRANDING" the system with the registration information is desired, you can run the program "LASR_MAN", and when exiting, select the "BRAND" option by pressing F4 . -> To install LASR_MAN on your hard disk, or to upgrade to a new release, follow the steps detailed below: 24 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM 1. Place the LASR_MAN distribution diskette in your floppy diskette drive. 2. At the DOS prompt, change to the drive in which the distribution diskette is located. For example, if the diskette was placed in drive A, type A : and press ENTER . 3. Type I N S T A L L and press ENTER . The installation program will then be loaded, and its display should be as shown below. ╒═╡ INSTallation MANagement Program ╞══════════╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░│ │░ Ç ░░█ ░░░▄ ░░█░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀░░█▀▀▀ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█░│ │░ ┌┼┐ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█░░░░░░░░▄ ░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█░│ │░ ┌┴┐ ░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█░│ │░═┴═┴═░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░░░░░░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█░│ │░ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀░│ ╘╡ INST_MAN Version 4.10 Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>Exit│<┘/[char]>Select│ HomeEnd│ NOTE Context sensitive help is available from this point in the installa- tion program on, by pressing the F1 key. For more information on the help available, see the "Help Key" section in the "Running LASR_MAN" chapter. 4. If a color video card is detected, the following prompt will be displayed. ┌──────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ Color Monitor Card Detected ╞═╗ │ │ ║ Use the color display ║█ │ │ ║ Force a monochrome display ║█ │ │ ╚═════════════════════════════════╝█ │ │ ███████████████████████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────────────┘ -> If your system has a color monitor, press U . -> If your system has a monochrome or LCD display, press F . 5. A selection list of all path referenced directories is next displayed. NOTE Although LASR_MAN will run from a non-path directory, placing its files on any path-referenced directory(s) allows the directory from which files are to be printed to be set as the current directory, before executing the program. 25 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Select the INSTALLATION DIRECTORY ├─┐ │ │ │ C:\BAT │█ │ │ │ C:\DOS-500 │█ │ │ │ C:\UTILITY │█ │ │ │ C:\ZIP │█ │ │ │ C:\ │█ │ │ │ User Defined Drive-Directory Path │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To select one of the path referenced directories on which to install LASR_MAN, move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . -> To specify a non-path referenced directory on which to install LASR_MAN, press U and then press ENTER . A data entry window for the installation path will then be displayed, as shown below (with an example path already entered). Enter the desired drive and directory path on which to install LASR_MAN, using the control keys described on the bottom help line. NOTE INSTALL can only create directories one level deeper than that which currently exists. If the directory C:\ABC exists, the di- rectory C:\ABC\XYZ may be created; if C:\ABC does not already exist, an error will occur. ┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Enter Path ├────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ C:\LASR │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel defining the path, press ESCAPE . The program will return to directory selection. -> To accept the path as entered and edited, press ENTER . If the speci- fied directory does not currently exist, the following message will be displayed. ┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ The drive-directory path as entered DOES NOT currently exist. │█ │ │ │ This directory WILL NOW BE created. │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel creation of this directory, press ESCAPE . -> To create it, press ENTER . If the specified drive is invalid or the requested installation directory's parent does not exist, an error message will be displayed. 26 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ The drive-directory path as entered CANNOT BE CREATED. │█ │ │ │ Please edit and CORRECT this path. │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Press any key, and then re-edit the installation path. 6. A TYPE OF INSTALLATION selection menu will next be displayed. INSTALL will process either ■■■■_MAN SYSTEMS or their SUPPLEMENTAL FILES. SYSTEMS consist of the files necessary for basic program operation. SUPPLEMENTAL FILES contain additional information needed to accomplish added support or increased functionality. ┌───────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ TYPE OF INSTALLATION ╞═╗ │ │ ║ Systems - Programs ║█ │ │ ║ supplemental Files ║█ │ │ ║ eXit Installation ║█ │ │ ╚══════════════════════════╝█ │ │ ████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────┘ -> To install one or more SYSTEMS at this time, press S . A menu of avail- able SYSTEMS will then be displayed. For further installation instruc- tions, go to Step 7. -> To install one or more SUPPLEMENTAL FILES at this time, press F . A menu of the available SUPPLEMENTAL FILES will then be displayed. For further installation instructions, go to Step 11. -> To exit the INSTALL program at this time, press X . 7. If more than one system is available for installation, a SYSTEM TO INSTALL selection menu will be displayed, as shown below. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ TAG ╞╡ Select the SYSTEM(S) TO INSTALL ╞═════════════════════════════╗ │ │ ║ DRIV_MAN SINGLE SCREEN data/graphical summary all disk drives ║█ │ │ ║ ENVI_MAN Environment data summary, environ. space remaining ║█ │ │ ║ FILE_MAN Menu driven DOS file manager, directory tree ║█ │ │ ║ LASR_MAN Print text files on a laser printer, 36 print styles ║█ │ │ ║ MENU_MAN Display custom user selection menus from batch files ║█ │ │ ║ PATH_MAN Determines if a file is on a PATH directory ║█ │ │ ║ VIEW_MAN Display and edit files in both ASCII and Hex ║█ │ │ ║ ------ eXIT SELECTION AND INSTALL ALL TAGGED (√) ------ ║█ │ │ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To terminate the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To toggle the INSTALL TAG for a given SYSTEM, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to in with the arrow keys and press ENTER . A [√] character to the left of the SYSTEM name denotes that this SYSTEM will be installed. -> To conclude the SYSTEM selection process, press X . The INSTALLATION 27 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 5.1 FUNCTION menu for each selected system will then be displayed. 8. A list of all of the selected SYSTEMS files is next displayed, along with an INSTALLATION FUNCTION menu. The normal sequence of operations is to first "Install" the SYSTEM program and files, and then "Brand" the SYSTEM with your name and serial number. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │ │ │ Install system Brand system eXit │█ │ │ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LASR_100 FILES ╞═╕ │ ││ System═>LASR_MAN This system does .................. │█│ ││ LASR_MAN.EXE PROCESS Main program for this application │█│ ││ YYYY.YYY PROCESS Other files... │█│ │╘═╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LASR ╞════════════════════════════════════════════╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To install the SYSTEM on the hard disk, insure that the highlight bar is on the "INSTALL SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . Each of the file(s) will be copied to the selected installation drive-directory. NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the SYSTEM's file names denotes that this file is already on the hard disk. During installation it will be replaced, on the directory where it currently resides, not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH. If any of the files to be installed is already present, a ACTION menu will be displayed during its installation. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Highlighted file(s) already present. ACTION? ├─┐ │ │ │ Erase current file(s) and update │█ │ │ │ erase and update this and All later file(s) │█ │ │ │ Leave current file(s) 'as is' │█ │ │ │ leave current and Skip the remaining file(s) │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To process the current file, select the proper ACTION to take by press- ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press- ing ENTER . When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete message is displayed. 28 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │ │ │ All of the required LASR_MAN files are on the hard disk. │█ │ │ │ ═══> LASR_MAN IS READY TO RUN. <═══ │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel the installation at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To continue with the installation, press any other key. The highlight bar will then be on the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION. 9. To brand the system with your name and serial number, move the highlight bar to the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . A REGISTRATION INFORMATION data entry window will be displayed, as shown below, with sample data already entered. NOTE This step is REQUIRED for LASR_MAN to be registered. Also, if you move the LASR_MAN files to another drive-directory you will need to "BRAND" the system again. Enter your company and/or your name, and then the system registration number. Your registration number is located on the back of the front cover of this manual. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ REGISTRATION INFORMATION ├────────┐ │ │ │ Name ABC COMPANY, George Jones │█ │ │ │ Registration number 12345678 │█ │ │ └─────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ███████████████████████████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To accept either the name or registration number after entry and edit- ing, press ENTER . A message will be displayed after the registration number is entered. It's contents are dependent on whether the registra- tion number is valid. Both messages are shown below. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ LASR_MAN serial number entered is VALID. │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────┘ ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ LASR_MAN serial number entered is INVALID! │█ │ │ │ Please try again. │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To continue with the installation program, press any key. If the registration number was valid, the "EXIT" option is highlighted. If it was invalid, select the "BRAND SYSTEM" option again. 10. To exit from this SYSTEMS installation function, move the highlight bar to 29 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 5.1 the "EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . If the SYSTEM has been properly branded, it is ready for use, and the program will either install the next selected SYSTEM, Step 8, or return to the TYPE OF INSTALLATION MENU, Step 6. If the system has not been branded, an error message is displayed, as shown below. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ This system has not been 'BRANDED'. │█ │ │ │ In order to be registered, it must first be 'BRANDED'! │█ │ │ │ To exit without BRANDING, press ESCAPE. │█ │ │ │ To continue with the INSTALL program, press any other key. │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ 11. The INST_MAN program allows any of several SUPPLEMENTAL FILES to be in- stalled. If more than one SUPPLEMENTAL FILE is available for installation a SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) TO INSTALL selection menu is displayed. Only SUP- PLEMENTAL FILES that are available for installation are displayed in the "Select a SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) TO INSTALL" menu. TAG all SUPPLEMENTAL FILES that are to be installed. NOTE The SUPPLEMENTAL FILES containing font data should be loaded by users of DeskJet, LaserJet +, LaserJet II printers and compatibles. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ TAG ╞╡ Select the FILE(S) TO INSTALL ╞═════════════════════════╗ │ │ ║ LM_C2PPS Change Configuration files, 2 page/side styles ║█ │ │ ║ LM_C4PPS Change Configuration files, 4 page/side styles ║█ │ │ ║ LM_FONT1 Type 1 soft font files, supports LaserJet + ║█ │ │ ║ LM_FONT2 Type 2 soft font files, supports LaserJet II ║█ │ │ ║ LM_FONT3 Type 3 soft font files, supports DeskJet ║█ │ │ ║ ------ eXIT SELECTION AND INSTALL ALL TAGGED (√) ------ ║█ │ │ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To exit from the INST_MAN program at this point without installing a SUP- PLEMENTAL FILE, press ESCAPE . -> To toggle the INSTALL TAG for any SUPPLEMENTAL FILE (noted by a [√] char- acter to the left of the FILE name), press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar using the cursor control keys to the desired SUPPLEMEN- TAL FILE and then press ENTER . -> To terminate the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE selection process, press X . 12. A list of all of the selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILES is next displayed, along with an INSTALLATION FUNCTION menu. 30 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │ │ │ Install files eXit │█ │ │ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LM_C2PPS FILES ╞═╕ │ ││ Files═>LM_C2PPS Change Configuration files, 2 page/side styles │█│ ││ 2P10.LMC PROCESS Change Configuration file - 2pps, 10cpi │█│ ││ 2P33.LMC PROCESS Change Configuration file - 2pps, 33cpi │█│ │╘═╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LASR ╞════════════════════════════════════════════╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To install the selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILE on the hard disk, insure that the highlight bar is on the "INSTALL FILES" FUNCTION and press ENTER . Each of the file(s) will be copied to the selected installation drive- directory. NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE's file names denotes that this file is already on the hard disk. During installation it will be replaced, on the directory where it cur- rently resides, not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH. If any of the files to be installed is already present, a ACTION menu will be displayed during its installation. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Highlighted file(s) already present. ACTION? ├─┐ │ │ │ Erase current file(s) and update │█ │ │ │ erase and update this and All later file(s) │█ │ │ │ Leave current file(s) 'as is' │█ │ │ │ leave current and Skip the remaining file(s) │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To process the current file, select the proper ACTION to take by press- ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press- ing ENTER . When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete message is displayed. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │ │ │ All of the required LM-C2PPS files are on the hard disk. │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel the installation at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To continue with the installation, press any other key. 13. To exit from this SUPPLEMENTAL FILE installation function, move the high- 31 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 5.1 light bar to the "EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . The program will ei- ther install the next selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILE, Step 11, or return to the TYPE OF INSTALLATION MENU, Step 6. 32 RUNNING LASR_MAN The easiest and quickest way to run LASR_MAN is to change the current drive and directory to that on which you installed it, and just type the program's name, "LASR_MAN". None of the options detailed below are normally required to run the program - they (sometimes) just make it easier! The complete syntax for running LASR_MAN is: [d:][directory_path]LASR_MAN [option_a][option_b][...] where: d: is the drive on which LASR_MAN.EXE is located. directory_path is the path to the subdirectory on which the program is located. option_x are various program options whose functions and format are described below. NOTE Drive and directory path are not required if "LASR_MAN.EXE", and its associated files are located on PATH referenced directories. Normally, command line options ARE NOT necessary to run LASR_MAN. -> To run LASR_MAN properly one of the following three conditions must be met: 1. LASR_MAN is located on a path referenced directory. 2. LASR_MAN is located on the current drive and directory. This is the normal and most common use of LASR_MAN. 3. The drive and directory on which LASR_MAN is located are specified on the command line before the program name. The command line options can provide information to LASR_MAN that will override the default options in effect at the beginning of the program. They are not normally required. These options may also be specified by use of an environment variable, "LASER". For example, to set tabs equal to four spaces and the STYLE OF OUTPUT for PAM- PHLET TYPE, the following DOS command can be used: set LASER=/WA4/SB Additionally, all of these options, except for GRAPHICS, may be changed within the program. The order in which the LASR_MAN options are set is: 1. Program stored default settings. 2. Environment variable "LASER". 3. Command line options. 4. Program menus. Program Operation with Microsoft Windows LASR_MAN may be run as a DOS application under Windows. To aid in its operation, an icon file, "LASR_MAN.ICO", and a program information file, "LASR_MAN.PIF", have been included. These should be installed into a Windows program group. See your Microsoft Windows manual for specific installation details. NOTE LASR_MAN is not a Windows program and uses its own fonts. When it is run under Windows, it should be the only program sending output to the 33 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 printer. 34 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Command Line/Environment Options The format of the LASR_MAN program options is: /{X}{option_value} where: X is the option code which may be either lower or upper case. option_value is the data required for setting this specific option. A value of '*' will select the default for that option. NOTE The options may appear in any order in the environment variable or on the command line. Each option must be preceded by a '/'. Spaces may be used after any option string for clarity but they are not re- quired. An example of two options used to set LASR_MAN for the BOOK STYLE OF OUTPUT and use a legal paper size: /SM/ZL 35 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Summary of All Available Options The individual LASR_MAN command line/environment options are listed below, and then detailed in the following sections in alphabetical order. Archive Bit Status Which files will be displayed for selection Change Configuration FileModify the printer command parameters of the execution only Cover File . . . Specify a cover file to print before other selected files Drive-Directory PathThe drive-directory from which files will be select- ed/printed File - File Mask The file to be printed or the file mask to use for selection Graphics . . . . How fast the logo animation will be displayed Line/page limit . Maximum lines per page for the selected files Monitor . . . . . Can force a monochrome display Option File . . . Option file of saved setting to load Option Switches . Individual option switch settings Output To . . . . Port or file to which output is to be directed Paper Source Bin Paper source bin of paper to print Paper Size . . . Size of printed output Pitch . . . . . . Character font to use for the printed output Printer Type . . Type of printer to be supported Print Font Usage Specify which pitch(es) should load soft fonts Reverse Second Pass Printing Reverses the order in which the second printing pass will be done STAMP-IT! . . . . STAMP-IT! halftone "rubber" stamp Style of Output . Selected style type of output Title . . . . . . Text page header/footer User Display Level Background information display User Menu Level . Function menu options that will be available 36 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Archive Bit Status A [archive] The ARCHIVE OPTION specifies which files will be displayed for se- lection: all files or only those that have changed and that have their archive bit set on. Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may be reset after the file(s) is printed. C on, Clear Only files with their archive bit on will be available for selection. The archive bit WILL BE set to off after the file is printed. E Either on/off (Default) All files regardless of their archive bit status will be available for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be changed after the file is printed. O On, leave Only files with their archive bit on will be available for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be changed after the file is printed. An example archive option to use only changed files: /AO 37 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Change Configuration File C [change configuration] The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE OPTION allows the print- er parameters to be modified for the current program execution only. -> To use modified parameters, create a parameter file with an exten- sion of ".LMC". For an example of the format of this file, see "NONOPAGE.LMC". See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for information on changing the printer commands and creating change files. -> The syntax to specify the path of a change configuration parameter file is: [{drive:}{directory path}file_name.extension] NOTE The file extension, ".LMC", is optional and is not re- quired. An example change configuration file specification is: /CE:\UTILITY\LP\NEW1-CONT.LMC 38 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Cover File V [coVer] The COVER FILE OPTION specifies a cover file, one with an extension of ".LMV" normally located on a path referenced directory, to be print- ed before the selected files(s). For more details on cover files, see the section "COVER FILES" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter. -> The syntax to specify the path of a cover file is: [{drive:}{directory path}file_name.extension] NOTE The file extension, ".LMV", is optional and is not re- quired. An example cover file specification is: /VE:\UTILITY\LASR_MAN\LISTINGS.LMV 39 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Drive-Directory Path D [drive-directory] The DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH OPTION may be used to specify the drive and directory from which files are to be selected and printed. -> The syntax to specify a drive and directory for the files to be printed other than the current one is: [{drive:}{directory_path}] -> To specify use of the drive and directory that were the current ones when the program was loaded, use: [*] This will also over-ride any drive-directory specified in an ini- tially loaded option file. For instance, if the default option file "LASR_MAN.LMO" contains a drive-directory option, but the command line option "/D*" is used, the drive-directory in effect when the program is loaded will be used. An example drive-directory specification is: /DE:\COMPILER\SOURCE 40 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN File - File Mask F [file] The FILE OPTION may be used to select a single file for printing or to specify a group of files to be displayed for printing selection. The default value is "*.*". -> The syntax to specify a single file to be printed is: [filename.extension] NOTE Using this option, the file selection/tag process is auto- matic if the file specified is located on the selected drive/directory. -> The syntax to specify a file mask for file printing selection is: [filename.extension] NOTE The normal DOS wildcard characters of '?' and '*' may be used. An example file specification is: /FLASR_MAN.DOC An example file mask specification of w?l?c?r?.* is: /FW?L?C?R?.* 41 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Graphics G [graphics] The GRAPHICS OPTION specifies how fast the logo graphics anima- tion will be displayed during the wait for Function/Option selection. The default graphics option is 25. nnn Display the animation logo graphics at this relative speed where nnn is a one to three digit number (1 is faster, 999 is slower). NOTE Registered users have two additional GRAPHICS OPTIONS avail- able - 0 Display the logo graphics but suppress the animation. -1 Suppress the logo graphics display and animation. An example graphics option to speed up the animation is: /G15 42 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Line/page limit I [lIne/page limit] The LINE/PAGE LIMIT OPTION specifies the maximum lines per page for the selected text files. It is especially useful where the input file does not use form feed characters, and the output page length is longer that the nominal input file page length. An example would be an input file with a sixty-six line page length, and an output page length of 72 lines. The default value is 999. nnn Use this number as the maximum lines per page on output. An example of a line/page limit option for forcing a 60 line input page limit is: /I60 43 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Monitor M monitor The MONITOR OPTION can force the display to be set for a monochrome monitor. This is of primary use where a monochrome monitor is used with a color card or where both color and monochrome monitors are used with a system. V GA E GA (Default) Do not force a monochrome display. Use the type of monitor detected, and, if color, sixteen background colors. C GA If a color monitor is detected, limit the number of background colors to eight. M onochrome Force a monochrome display. An example of a monitor option for forcing a monochrome monitor is: /MM 44 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Option File O [option] The OPTION FILE OPTION will load previously saved option setting sets. -> To use modified options, first change the desired ones while running the program and then, before exiting, save them (EXIT Function). This file may then be loaded either through the command line/environment option file parameter or via the program menus. -> The syntax to specify the name of a option file is: [option file name.ext] NOTE The file extension, ".LMO", is optional and is not re- quired. An example option file specification is: /OSOURCE1.LMO NOTE If the option file "LASR_MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automati- cally loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the command line. 45 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Option Switches W [option switches] The OPTION SWITCH OPTIONS are used to set the various op- tion switches. Each switch must be specified completely for it to be set (all three - or more - characters). P file Page start OPTION SWITCH determines whether new files will be started on the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per side, PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE styles. A ny Start printing the next file on the next available page. O dd (Default) Start printing the next file on the next odd num- bered page skipping any even numbered page. An example of specifying that each file start on an odd numbered page is: /WPO T switch Titles OPTION SWITCH will switch the left and right title section data fields on even numbered pages. Y es Switch left and right title section data fields on even numbered pages. N o (Default) Do not switch title sections on even numbered pages. An example of specifying that left and right title section will be swapped every page is: /WTY B Binding margin OPTION SWITCH reads a special configuration change file, "BINDMARG.LMC", that provides a half-inch binding margin on the printed output. Y es Read the special binding margin configuration change file that provides a half-inch margin. N o (Default) Do not provide a binding margin. An example of specifying a binding margin is: /WBY 46 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN F print Form feeds OPTION SWITCH specifies how text form feed charac- ters will be handled during printing. Y es (Default) Print all text form feed characters. N o Ignore all text form feed characters. - Substitute a line of special characters for the form feed character on output. This special character is defined in the configuration file and may be changed. An example of ignoring form feed characters is: /WFN H title Headers OPTION SWITCH is used to remove the headers from title section data fields. Each title section data field, except the custom field, has a header, such as "PAGE:" for the page data field. Y es (Default) Display and print all title headers. N o Do not display or print all title headers. An example of removing the title headers is: /WHN D page Dividers OPTION SWITCH is used to define the page dividers that are normally included when multiple text pages are printed on one side of a paper sheet. The horizontal divider is first defined followed by the vertical divider. The characters used for printing the page dividers are defined in the configuration file and may be changed. L ine (Default) Print a thin line page divider, filling it in between text pages. lin E Print a thin line page divider, but do not fill it in between text pages. B lock Print a thick line page divider, filling it in between text pages. bloc K Print a thick line page divider, but do not fill it in between text pages. N one Do not print a page divider in this direction. An example of specifying a thin line horizontal divider that is not filled in, and a thick line vertical divider that is filled in is: /WDEB 47 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 W page floW OPTION SWITCH specifies the layout for sheets that con- tain four or eight text pages per side. H orizontal (Default) Text pages will be printed from left to right along the top of the sheet, and then left to right along the bottom. V ertical The first text page will be printed on the upper left of the sheet, with the next one directly below it. An example of specifying vertical page flow is: /WWV K blanK lines OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank text lines on output. Y es (Default) Print blank text lines. N o Do not print blank lines. An example of suppressing blank lines in the output is: /WKN L no Left margin OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank spaces on the left of each text line. Normally these spaces will be printed. This option switch is primarily used to decrease the line length to allow use of a different STYLE OF OUTPUT. nnn Suppress the specified number of blank spaces at the beginning of each text line. NOTE Only SPACES up to the first text character will be sup- pressed. Any text characters in this area will be printed. An example of specifying suppression of the ten left most spaces is: /WL10 S Spaces/tab OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to use for tab characters in the selected files that are printed. Additionally, leading spaces of more than this number of characters will be pro- cessed as if they were tab characters: for example, if spaces/tab=8, 24 leading spaces=3 tab characters. The default option is 8 spaces per tab. nnn Substitute the specified number of spaces for each tab charac- ter. An example of setting five spaces per tab: /WS5 48 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN A tAb print width OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to substitute for tab characters on output. The default option is a tab print width of 8 spaces. nnn Print the specified number of spaces for each tab character. An example of setting a tab print width of three spaces is: /WA3 X teXt word wrap OPTION SWITCH specifies how text lines longer than the output line width are to be handled. + (Default) Continue the text on the next line, preceded by a line continuation character string. The line continuation character string is defined in the configuration file and may be changed. C ut Truncate the text line on output. Y es Word wrap long text lines with the text from the next line. NOTE The "YES" option works well with paragraph type text (para- graphs separated by two line feeds) but does not work with graphical or tabular data which has lines longer the output allowed. An example of truncating all long text lines is: /WXC E datE display format OPTION SWITCH can be used to define the format to be used for all dates. 1 (Default) MM DD YY, Month Day Year. 2 DD MM YY, Day Month Year. 3 YY MM DD, Year Month Day. The format code may be followed by the desired character to use to seperate the date elements. The default character is '-'. To use the '/' character, also used to seperate options, specify '\'. An example of a european display date is: /WE2. This would produce date displays of "31.12.93" on the last day of 1993. 49 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Y key word generation OPTION SWITCH can be used to produce a file with key words and their locations when printing documents. Y es (Default) Generate key word file data when printing docu- ments. N o Do not generate key word file data. NOTE This option is ONLY valid if the program INDX-IT! is pres- ent. If it is not present, this option will be ignored. An example of generating key word data is: /WYY 50 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Output To T [output To] The OUTPUT TO OPTION specifies where the printed output will be directed. Options include: 0 (Default) LPT1 1 LPT2 2 LPT3 3 COM1 4 COM2 5 COM3 6 COM4 7 Disk file, "LASR_MAN.PRN". An example of directing the printer output to COM3 is: /T5 51 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Paper Size Z [siZe] The PAPER SIZE OPTION specifies what size paper is to be selected and printed. DeskJet options include: 3 Legal 8½" by 14", DeskJet, no added memory. 4 Standard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11", DeskJet, no added memory. 8 Legal 8½" by 14", DeskJet, added memory. 9 Standard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11", DeskJet, added memory. LaserJet options include: A 4 210mm by 297mm. C entered 8½" by 14" paper sheet with centered letter sized text pages for output styles with two, four, and eight text pages per side. L egal 8½" by 14". S tandard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11". An example of specifying LaserJet use of legal sized paper is: /ZL 52 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Paper Source Bin B [source Bin] The PAPER SOURCE BIN OPTION specifies from which paper source the printer will feed paper to be printed. Options include: 5 DeskJet Tray (DeskJet Default) DeskJet Tray D uplex Lower Duplex, HP IID/IIID lower paper cassette E pson Front Epson front paper cassette F ront Cassette HP front paper cassette L ower Cassette (LaserJet Default) HP lower paper cassette T ray, Multi-Purpose Tray, HP IIP/IIIP NOTE When either paper cassette is selected, the "REVERSE SECOND PASS PRINTING OPTION" is set to "YES": when the tray or Duplex is selected, it is set to "NO". An example of specifying use of the LaserJet front paper cassette is: /BF 53 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Pitch P [pitch] The PITCH OPTION is available only for the STYLE OF OUTPUT where one text page is printed per side of the paper sheet (The other side of the paper sheet may also be printed, i.e, double sided printing). All other styles use specific pitches. P Pica 10 characters per inch. E Elite 12 characters per inch. L Line printer (Default) 17 characters per inch. S Small 23 characters per inch. T Tiny 33 characters per inch. An example of specifying use of the Elite font is: /PE 54 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Printer Type J [printer type] The PRINTER TYPE OPTION specifies what type of printer, laser or ink jet, is to be used. Options include: D DeskJet printer or compatible. L (Default) LaserJet printer or compatible. An example of supporting a LaserJet printer is: /JL 55 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Print Font to Use N [priNt font to use] The PRINT FONT TO USE OPTION has three functions: display of available fonts at startup, general font type to use, and individual font to use for a specific pitch. D DISPLAY The availability of the various soft fonts may be dis- played when the program first loads. Y Display the soft font availability as the program loads. N (Default) Do not display the soft font availability. An example of displaying soft font status at startup is: /NDY G GENERAL The GENERAL FONT TYPE specifies what type of soft font will normally be used. The default, for laser printers, is Type 2 Portrait only. The default, for ink jet print- ers, is none. 0 Letter Gothic Type One soft font (ASCII characters 32-127) Portrait and Landscape normally used by LaserJet + printers. (LaserJet Only) 1 Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters 32-255) Portrait and Landscape normally used by LaserJet II printers. (LaserJet Only) 2 (Default) Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters 32-255) Portrait only normally used by LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV printers. (LaserJet Only) 3 (Default) No soft fonts normally used by DeskJet printers without additional memory. (DeskJet Only) 4 Letter Gothic Type Three soft font (ASCII characters 32-255) Portrait and Landscape normally used by DeskJet printers with additional memory. (DeskJet Only) An example of specifying the soft fonts for a LaserJet + printer or compatible is: /NG0 INDIVIDUAL FONTS The method to use when printing each of the five available pitches may also be specified. The default, for laser printers, is to use the internal fonts for Pica, Elite and Line Printer and Type Two portrait soft fonts for Small and Tiny. The default, for ink jet printers, is to use the internal fonts. The five available pitches are: P Pica 10 characters per inch. E Elite 12 characters per inch. 56 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN L Line printer 17 characters per inch. S Small 23 characters per inch. T Tiny 33 characters per inch. The four print methods are: 0 Use either an internal font or a cartridge font for this pitch. (LaserJet or DeskJet) 1 Load the Letter Gothic Type One soft font (ASCII characters 32-127). (LaserJet Only) 2 Load the Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters 32-255). (LaserJet Only) 3 Load the Letter Gothic Type Three soft font (ASCII characters 32-255). (DeskJet Only) An example of specifying use of the full Letter Gothic soft font (characters 32-255) for the Elite pitch is: /NE2 57 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Reverse Second Pass Printing R [reverse 2nd pass output] The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION selects the order in which the output is to be printed during the second printing pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed during the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last sheet. This option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed during the first pass first and continuing to the back of the first sheet. N o (Default) On the second printing pass, print the back of the first sheet first and the last sheet last. Y es On the second printing pass, print the back of the last sheet printed during the first pass first and continue to the back of the first sheet. NOTE This option is normally set to "Yes" for printers with a paper cassette, and to "No" for those with a multi-purpose tray, such as the HP IIP, and duplex printers, such as the HP IID/IIID. An example of forcing reverse order printing on the second printing pass is: /RY 58 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN STAMP-IT! E [stamp-it! rubbEr stamp] The STAMP-IT! OPTION specifies the method to use for printing a half-tone "rubber stamp" on each printed text page and the stamp text to print, up to forty upper case characters (ASCII 32-90). The default is no rubber stamp half-tone. N one No "rubber stamp" will be printed. H orizontal Print the specified text as a half-tone horizontally across the center of each printed text page. V ertical Print the specified text as a half-tone centered verti- cally across each printed text page from the top to the bottom. An example of specifying a "rubber stamp", to be printed horizontally across the center of each text page, is: /EHCOPY C O P Y 59 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Style of Output S [style] The STYLE OF OUTPUT OPTION selects the orientation of the printed output and determine whether each sheet will be printed on one or both sides. 1 1 Up type Each page is printed in portrait orientation on one side only of a single sheet of paper. (A single scan of reading the se- lected file(s) and one printing pass is required.) D Double type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: page 1 front, page 2 back. (Two passes are required.) L Landscape type Each page is printed in landscape orientation on one side only of a single sheet of paper. (A single scan reading the selected file(s) is required.) U doUble sided landscape type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: page 1 front, page 2 back. (Two passes are required.) 2 2 Up type Two pages are printed in landscape orientation on one side of each sheet: page 1 left, page 2 right. (One pass) Q Quad type (Default) Same, but on both sides of each sheet of pa- per: pages 1-2 front, 3-4 back. (Two passes) 4 4 Up type Four pages are printed in portrait orientation on one side of each sheet: page 1 top left, page 2 top right, page 3 bottom left, page 4 bottom right. (One pass) O Octal type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: pages 1-4 front, 5-8 back. (Two passes) 8 8 Up type Eight pages are printed in landscape orientation on one side of each sheet: pages 1-4 on the top, pages 5-8 on the bottom. (One pass) X heXadecimal type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: pages 1-8 front, 9-16 back. (Two passes) H pampHlet type Each selected file is printed Quad, with page 1 on the right of the first sheet, and the last page on the left. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer) A double pAmphlet type Same as pamphlet type, except each selected file is printed Octal, with four pages per side. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer) E double pamphlEt type, double page Same as pamphlet type, except each selected file is printed Octal, with four pages per side, and each book page has two text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer) T quad pamphleT type Same as pamphlet type, except each selected file is printed Hexadecimal, with eight pages per side. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer) P quad Pamphlet type, quad page Same as pamphlet type, except each selected file is printed Hexadecimal, with eight pages per side, and each book page has four text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer) B Book type All selected files are printed Quad as one document. The first sheet has file 1, page 1 on the right, last file last page on the left. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.) K double booK type Same as book type, except all selected files are printed Octal as one document, with four pages per side. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.) 60 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN Y double book tYpe, double page Same as book type, except all se- lected files are printed Octal as one document, with four pages per side, and each book page has two text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.) N quad book type Same as book type, except all selected files are printed Hexadecimal as one document, with eight pages per side. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.) G quad book type, quad paGe Same as book type, except all selected files are printed Hexadecimal as one document, with eight pages per side, and each book page has four text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.) An example of setting the STYLE OF OUTPUT for printing a BOOK TYPE with two pages per side: /SB 61 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Title (Header/Footer) H [title] The TITLE OPTION selects whether the first/last two lines on each page will be used for a page header/footer or for file text. H title Header (Default) A page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page. F title Footer A blank line and a page title are printed at the bottom of each text page. E title hEader/footer On sheets with one or two text pages, a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page. On sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are printed at the bottom of each page. O title fOoter/header On sheets with one or two text pages, a blank line and a page title are printed at the bottom of each text page. On sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are printed at the bottom of each page. N No page title header No page title is printed at the top or bottom of each text page. Instead, two more lines of text are printed on each page. NOTE It the selected title option character is followed by the underline character, '_', the title will be underlined. This title, if selected, is divided into three sections (Left, Center, and Right). Any of the title data fields noted below may be used in any of the title sections, and they may also be repeated. The defaults are Left=F, Center=P, Right=A. -> To specify a page title with the defaults, use only the option char- acter, such as H . -> To use title data fields other than the defaults, use the title op- tion letter, such as H , followed by the three title section data field options, shown in the table below. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ [F]ILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm. FILE NAME, DATE, TIME │ │ f[I]LE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy....... FILE NAME, DATE │ │ fi[L]E: nnnnnnnn.eee................ FILE NAME │ │ [P]RINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm........ CURRENT DATE, TIME │ │ p[R]INTED: mm-dd-yy.............. CURRENT DATE │ │ p[A]GE: ppp................... OUTPUT PAGE NUMBER │ │ pa[G]E: ppp [ff-nnn].......... OUTPUT PAGE #, FILE #, FILE PAGE # │ │ [C]ustom................... USER ENTERED TEXT DATA │ │ [N]othing............... BLANK │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ NOTE If the C ustom user entered text data field option is se- lected, it should be followed immediately by the desired 62 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN text data, preceded and terminated by single quote charac- ters. An example of an underlined title header with page number on the left and file name only on the right is: /HH_ANL An example of a title footer without an underline, and with only a center text field of [Sample Report] is: /HFNC'Sample Report'N An example of a title footer without an underline, and with the default title segments is: /HF 63 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 User Display Level Y [displaY] The USER DISPLAY LEVEL OPTION specifies the BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY status. For a complete description of what information can be displayed while waiting for menu selection, see the section "USER LEV- ELS" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are: FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY ONLY 0 No background display 1 (Default) Normal option data 2 Advanced option data 3 Expert option data MAIN AND FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY 4 No background display 5 (Default) Normal option data 6 Advanced option data 7 Expert option data An example of specifying a background information display to be shown while waiting for all menus with the expert option data is: /Y7 NOTE The USER DISPLAY LEVEL may also be toggled during program operation at either the MAIN or FUNCTION menus by pressing the TAB key. 64 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN User Menu Level U [menU] The USER MENU LEVEL OPTION specifies what FUNCTION MENU OPTIONS will be available. For a complete description of what menu options are avail- able at each user level, see the section "USER LEVELS" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are: 1 (Default) Normal options 2 Advanced options 3 Expert options An example of specifying the advanced user level of menus is: /U2 65 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 HELP Key Pressing the help key, F1 , displays a context sensitive help page window such as shown below. The help page shown below is the first one available as shown by the page number 0 in the upper right corner. Page 0 acts as a help page menu for this program. The help page actually displayed when the help key is pressed depends on the actions of the program and will be the most appropriate for the program at that point. The bar shown on the right edge of the help window de- picts the position of this screen with regard to the total text of the current help page. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ Help Page 0 ═> HELP INDEX ╞═╕█│ ││ SECTION FUNCTION Option USER LEVEL HELP PAGE ^█│ ││ ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── ▒█│ ││ INTRODUCTION........................................................ 1 ▒█│ ││ MAIN MENU........................................................... 2 ▒█│ ││ SETUP FUNCTION MENU........................................ 3 ▒█│ ││ Data Path..........................(N).......... 4 ▒█│ ││ Change Config File.................(A).......... 5 v█│ ││ User Level.........................(N).......... 6 │█│ ││ Printer............................(A).......... 7 │█│ ││ Print Fonts to Use.................(A).......... 8 │█│ ││ Monitor............................(E).......... 3 │█│ ││ Change Menu Colors.................(E).......... 9 │█│ ││ Date Format........................(E).......... A │█│ ││ Restore Conf.......................(E).......... B │█│ ││ Reload Defaults....................(E).......... C │█│ ││ Restore Path.......................(E).......... D │█│ ││ Save Options.......................(E).......... T │█│ ││ OPTIONS FUNCTION MENU...................................... E │█│ ││ Paper Size.........................(N).......... F │█│ ││ Style of Output....................(N).......... G │█│ ││ Page Title.........................(A).......... H │█│ │╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ MORE 1/3 ╞═╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ │ F1>Help Index│<┘/ESC>Exit Help│[1 9 A Z]>Help Page│Pageup Pagedown Home End│ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To display context sensitive help information while the program is waiting for a response to a prompt, press F1 . The help window control keys are covered below. F1 0 . . Display Help Page Index Menu, Page 0 ESCAPE ENTER Remove Help Window & return to the program HOME . . . Display first screen of the current Help Page END . . . . Display last screen of the current Help Page PAGE UP . . Display previous screen of the current Help Page PAGE DOWN . Display next screen of the current Help Page 1-9 A-Z . Display the corresponding Help Page 66 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 RUNNING LASR_MAN UTILITY MENU Key A Utility Menu may be accessed at any LASR_MAN prompt, by pressing F10 . This Utility Menu provides access to various functions, such as the ability to close the print file in a network environment, in order that the first printer pass may be accomplished. NOTE This menu may be changed frequently to add functionality. Pressing the HELP Key, F1 , after the Utility Menu has been activated, will display information on the currently available utility functions. ESCAPE Key Pressing the ESCAPE key at any point while the program is waiting for the response to a prompt cancels the current action and generally causes the program to display the previous menu. The specific function of the ESCAPE key at the present time is shown on the bottom help line. File View Key Many of the LASR_MAN option menus allow viewing the highlighted file, either in total, or, when ready to print - the first page that will print on a sheet. For the purpose of viewing a highlighted file, the F2 key is always the one to press. When file viewing is available, it will be so noted on the bottom help line. NOTE Any occurrence of the '~' character in the viewed text will be replaced by the '≈' character. This is due to the use of the '~' character as an end-of-line indicator in the viewing window. Actions and Messages Various actions that occur during the execution of LASR_MAN are noted by an action display similar to that shown below. This action display is only shown while the given action is occurring, and does not require any response from the user. Messages from LASR_MAN are displayed is a similar manner, and do require a user response. The valid responses to the displayed message are given on the bottom help line. ┌─────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ ACTION ╞═══════════╗ │ │ ║ Read data and format ║█ │ │ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │ │ ████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────┘ Disk Not Ready If a disk drive is not ready, such as a floppy diskette drive door being open, an informational message will be displayed, as shown below. 67 RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │ │ ║ Disk not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │ │ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel this disk operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE . -> To continue, make the drive ready and press any other key. Printer Not Ready If the printer is not ready, an informational message will be displayed. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │ │ ║ Printer not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │ │ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel this printer operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE . -> To continue, make the printer ready and press any other key. 68 MAIN MENU The LASR_MAN screen display has been designed for ease of use while providing the maximum amount of information on the current operation of the program. As distributed, the screen display initially shows only the main function menu. It can optionally be configured to display information on the current directory and the option settings, as shown on the next page. This allows an uncluttered screen for the new user while allowing the advanced user to display the full program information for review. A sample of the initial entry level screen display is shown below. The center portion of the top line depicts the status of the user menu and display levels. The MAIN MENU with its five functions is on the second line. The center portion of the display may show the status of all possible LASR_MAN soft fonts, if that switch has been set on (see "Print Fonts to Use" in the "Setup Function" chap- ter). The bottom line of this, and all other LASR_MAN displays, describes the currently available action keys and their functions. ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>N══D>nƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░SOFT FONTS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOADING░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░STAMP_P0░STAMP_L0░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░PICA__P1░PICA__L1░PICA__P2░PICA__L2░PICA__P3░PICA__L3░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ELITE_P1░ELITE_L1░ELITE_P2░ELITE_L2░ELITE_P3░ELITE_L3░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░LINE__P1░LINE__L1░LINE__P2░LINE__L2░LINE__P3░LINE__L3░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░SMALL_P1░SMALL_L1░SMALL_P2░SMALL_L2░SMALL_P3░SMALL_L3░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░TINY__P1░TINY__L1░TINY__P2░TINY__L2░TINY__P3░TINY__L3░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░SOFT FONTS NOT PRESENT░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PRESS A KEY TO BEGIN THE PROGRAM ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│ │░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│ │░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│ │░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>eXit│<┘/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│ -> To obtain context sensitive help at any point in the program, press F1 . For more information on this feature, see the section "HELP KEY" in the "RUNNING LASR_MAN" chapter. -> To continue execution of the program if the soft font status has been displayed, press any key. -> To begin the process of exiting from the program when none of the function menus are displayed, press ESCAPE . 69 MAIN MENU LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Background Information Display The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, available at both MAIN MENU and FUNCTION MENU selection, may contain a variety of information. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY status is shown on the top line after "D>" (The user status is shown after "M>"). The codes are: FUNCTION MAIN AND FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY ONLY MENU DISPLAY ═════════════════ ═══════════════════ -ƒ No background display -+ No background display nƒ Normal option data N+ Normal option data aƒ Advanced option data A+ Advanced option data eƒ Expert option data E+ Expert option data -> To toggle the BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, press TAB . This INFORMATION DISPLAY has eight levels, any of which may be set by repeatedly pressing the TAB key. A sample of the full "EXPERT" display, with the initial program defaults, is shown below. ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>E+═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░Data path═>C:\LP░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░4│ │░░░░░Change file═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░5│ │Paper═>STANDARD░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░6│ │┌──┤ Page ├───┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░7│ ││Landscape ^═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░8│ ││ │ ║╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░9│ ││ Lines═>72 ║║┌───────────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│ ││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║║│ file Page start>ODD page floW >2pps>HOR ││ │└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║║│ switch Titles══>NO blanK lines════>YES ││ │░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞══════════════╝║│ Binding margin═>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││ │░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ print Formfeeds>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ title Headers══>YES tAb print width> 8 ││ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│ │░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│ │░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│ │░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>eXit│<┘/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│ The fourth and fifth lines (the line numbers on the right side of the display have been added for clarity) of this display provide data on the current drive-directory, and the change printer configuration file in use, if any. The Option Switches box gives the current values of the various option switches. 70 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 MAIN MENU The selected paper size and STYLE OF OUTPUT are displayed along with a graph- ical depiction of how text data will be printed on the left side of the screen. In the example shown, text will be printed on standard letter size paper in landscape orientation, with two text pages per side of paper, and each piece of paper will be printed on both sides. Each text page will be printed using the seventeen character per inch font. Lines on each page will have a maximum length of eighty-one characters, and a page may contain up to seventy-two lines. Each text page will have an underlined footer. The option switches have been set with the default values as displayed. NOTE To display the directory/option information automatically when the program is executed, set the display to the desired level and then exit, saving the current options. Operation Sequence The general sequence of operations to follow for printing a file or files is: * SETUP the drive-directory on which the file(s) to be printed reside. * Set the printing OPTIONS desired if different from the currently set op- tions. * Perform FILES SELECTion to tag the file(s) for printing. * PRINT the selected files. * EXIT the program. Main Menu Functions The MAIN MENU consists of five Function, as shown below. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ setUp Options Files select print eXit │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To select a MAIN MENU Function, press its highlighted letter or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the desired Function with the cursor control keys and press ENTER . When a MAIN MENU Function is selected, the appropriate Function menu is displayed. The options displayed on the Function menu are dependent on the USER MENU LEVEL selected. -> To change the USER MENU LEVEL, select the "setUp" Function by pressing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and pressing ENTER . Select the "User level" option and change it to the desired level. -> To switch from one Function menu to another, press the highlighted letter of the desired Function. For example, if, at the MAIN MENU, you pressed U , for "setUp", displaying the SETUP Function menu, and you now want to go to the "Files select" Function, press F . The following chapters describe the Function menus and their available options. The Function menu at the beginning of each chapter is the one displayed when at 71 MAIN MENU LASR_MAN Version 5.1 the Expert USER MENU LEVEL. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY shown is also that available at Expert USER DISPLAY LEVEL. Each option section header includes the USER LEVEL at which that option is available. All Function options are pre- sented in the same order in which they occur on the Expert level menu. 72 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 MAIN MENU Learning to use LASR_MAN One of the best methods of becomming familiar with the operation of LASR_MAN is to print some sample output. Included with the system are five sample documents: PAGES_01.DOC, PAGES_02.DOC, PAGES_04.DOC, PAGES_08.DOC, and PAGES_16.DOC. Each of these files contains a number sample pages of text equal to the number in their name. These exercises, and their options, will give you a familiarity with the program and demonstrate many of its capabilities. They assume use of a Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IIP or higher printer, or compatible. If this is not the case, you will first need to configure LASR_MAN for your printer. See the sections "PRINTER" and "PRINT FONTS TO USE" in the "SETUP" chapter for details. This also assumes that the program has been properly installed and has been loaded. 1. Using the OPTIONS FUNCTION, set STYLE OF OUTPUT for PORTRAIT, ONE SIDE, ONE PAGE/SIDE, PICA. Using the FILES SELECT FUNCTION, FILE SELECTION/TAG option, select file PAG- ES_01.DOC. Using the PRINT FUNCTION, first set PAPER SOURCE for your printer, and then select PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES. Follow the prompts to print the select- ed document. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Page 1. Optionally, try running again and select either LANDSCAPE or other pitches under STYLE OF OUTPUT. 2. Using the OPTIONS FUNCTION, set STYLE OF OUTPUT for LANDSCAPE, BOTH SIDE, TWO PAGE/SIDE. Using the FILES SELECT FUNCTION, FILE SELECTION/TAG option, select file PAG- ES_02.DOC. Using the PRINT FUNCTION, first set PAPER SOURCE for your printer, and then select PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES. Follow the prompts to print the select- ed document. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Page 1 and Page 2 on one side. Optionally, try running again and select PAGES_04.DOC under PRINT THESE SE- LECTED FILES. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Page 1 and 2 on one side and Page 3 and 4 on the other. Optionally, now try running again and select PAMPHLET, TWO PAGES/SIDE under STYLE OF OUTPUT. The output should now be a single sheet of paper with the text from Page 4 and 1 on one side and Page 2 and 3 on the other. This can be folded in the middle to form the pamphlet. 3. Using the OPTIONS FUNCTION, set STYLE OF OUTPUT for LANDSCAPE, BOTH SIDES, EIGHT PAGES/SIDE. Using the FILES SELECT FUNCTION, FILE SELECTION/TAG option, select file PAG- ES_08.DOC. Using the PRINT FUNCTION, first set PAPER SOURCE for your printer, and then select PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES. Follow the prompts to print the select- ed document. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Pages 1-8. Optionally, try running again and select PAGES_16.DOC under PRINT THESE SE- LECTED FILES. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text 73 MAIN MENU LASR_MAN Version 5.1 from Pages 1-8 on one side and Pages 9-16 on the other. Optionally, now try running again and select PAMPHLET, EIGHT PAGES/SIDE, FOUR PAGES/BOOK PAGE under STYLE OF OUTPUT. The output should now be a single sheet of paper with the text from Pages 13-16 and 1-4 on one side and Pages 5-12 on the other. This can be folded in the middle to form the pam- phlet. 74 SETUP FUNCTION The SETUP Function is used to specify the drive/subdirectory from which to se- lect the files that are to be printed and to change the program setup items such as the user levels, printer configuration information, monitor and menu colors. The options displayed on the SETUP FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below is set to the Expert level. -> To select the SETUP Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press U or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the SETUP Function using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The SETUP Function menu will then be dis- played, as shown below. ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>E+═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │ setUp Options Files select Print eXit │ │░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ Data path >║>C:\LASR_MAN░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ change confG>║>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ useR: EXPERT>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ prinTer:LJet>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ print foNts >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ Monitor:EGA+ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ menu coLors >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ datE format >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ restore Conf>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ restore optS>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ restore patH>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ saVe options>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░╚══════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│ │░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│ │░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│ │░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│ -> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE . -> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter. -> To select a SETUP Function option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and press ENTER . 75 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Data path [Normal] The DATA PATH option sets the drive and subdirectory from which files are to be selected for printing. -> To change the drive and/or directory path from which to select files to print, select the DATA PATH option by pressing D . The drive is first se- lected and then the path to the desired subdirectory is set. The DRIVE selec- tion menu is shown below. Available drives are capitalized. ┌────────────┐ │ ╒═DRIVE═╕ │ │ │ A n │█ │ │ │ B o │█ │ │ │ C p │█ │ │ │ D q │█ │ │ │ E r │█ │ │ │ F s │█ │ │ │ G t │█ │ │ │ H u │█ │ │ │ I v │█ │ │ │ J w │█ │ │ │ K x │█ │ │ │ L y │█ │ │ │ M z │█ │ │ ╘═══════╛█ │ │ █████████ │ └────────────┘ -> To leave the data path as it was before selection of this option, press ESCAPE . -> To select a DRIVE, press the desired DRIVE letter or move the highlight bar to the desired DRIVE using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The selected drive will then be displayed, to the right of the SETUP Func- tion option, and a SUBDIRECTORY PICK LIST will next be displayed. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔══════════════╗ │ │ ║ Data path >║█G:\LASR_MAN\............................................... │ │╒═╡ PICK LIST - G:\LASR_MAN ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │ ││ accept path . <root dir> .. <parent> CONFIG DOC │█│ ││ FONTS HELP OTHERS RELEASE │█│ │╘══════════════════════════════╡ Select the NEXT SUBDIRECTORY IN THE PATH ╞═╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the data path as it was before selection of this option, press ESCAPE . -> To select the next SUBDIRECTORY to add to the data path, move the high- light bar to the desired subdirectory using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . Pressing a letter will move the SUBDIRECTORY highlight bar to the first subdirectory whose name starts with that letter. When selected, the subdirectory name is added to the path display, and the next SUBDIRECTORY menu is displayed. -> To accept the path as it is currently set and displayed, move the high- light bar to the "accept path" item and press ENTER . The program 76 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION returns to the SETUP Function menu. If this is not the root directory of the selected drive, two additional items are displayed, ". <root dir>" and "..<parent>". -> To reset the path to the root directory of the selected drive, move the highlight bar to the ". <root dir>" item using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . -> To remove the last subdirectory added to the path, move the highlight bar to the ".. <parent>" item using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . 77 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Change confg [Advanced] The configuration file is used to specify the size of paper on which to print, and its location or bin. There are two ways to make changes to the printer pa- rameters that it contains. The first is to customize the file itself, a procedure described in the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE". The second is to create a change configuration file containing only the parame- ters that are to be changed, and then read this file during the execution of LASR_MAN. The procedures for creating a change configuration file are also de- scribed in the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE". This option can select a change configuration file containing any of the printer parameters such as the maximum number of lines per page or the print character used to divide text pages. -> To change any of the parameters of the LASR_MAN configuration file for this program execution only, select the CHANGE CONFG option by pressing C . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are change configuration files, those with an extension of ".LMC", on more than one of the PATH subdi- rectories. ┌────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │ │ │ C:\BAT │█ │ │ │ C:\LP │█ │ │ │ C:\ │█ │ │ ╘═══════════════╛█ │ │ █████████████████ │ └────────────────────┘ -> To cancel selection of the change configuration file at this point, press ESCAPE . -> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys and pressing ENTER . The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE PICK LIST selection menu is next displayed. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory that have an extension of ".LMC". ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔══════════════╗ │ │ ║ Data path >║█ │ │ ║ Config file >║█C:\LP...................................................... │ │╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │ ││ BINDMARG.LMC NONOPAGE.LMC │█│ │╘══════════════════════════╡ Select the desired CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE ╞═╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel selection of the change configuration file at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To view the contents of a change configuration file, move the highlight bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The 78 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION file view window will be displayed, as shown below. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │┌─┤ VIEW - File NONOPAGE.LMC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ││ LASR_MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE ^█│ ││ ▒█│ ││ NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│ ││ : Suppresses the no page message ▒█│ ││ : Copyright 1991-1993, MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved. ▒█│ ││ SOURCE: 04-12-92 MicroMetric, Sarasota, FL. ▒█│ ││ ▒█│ ││ 1001:version=50 ▒█│ ││ ▒█│ ││ 1006:any_size_bin=Yes ▒█│ ││ ▒█│ ││ 1011:print_no_page_message[80]= ▒█│ ││ ▒█│ ││ 1999:end=Yes v█│ │└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>────┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys. -> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME . -> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER . -> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE . -> To select a change configuration file to load, move the highlight bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The se- lected change configuration file name is displayed to the right of the CONFIG FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters replacing any configuration parameters now in effect. 79 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 User level [Normal] The USER LEVEL OPTION consists of two parts: the USER MENU LEVEL and the USER DISPLAY LEVEL. The USER MENU LEVEL controls what options will be available for each of the Function menus. The available USER LEVELS and their available op- tions are: 80 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>N══D>nƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ Data path ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ useR: NORMAL ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░╚══════════════╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░██████████████║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ stYle of output ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files ║█ │░┌───────────────┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗ │░│ NORMAL USER │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█ │░│ LEVEL MENUS │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Save options ║█ │░│ (Default) │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█ │░└───────────────┘░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>A══D>aƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ Data path ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ change confG ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ useR:ADVANCE ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ prinTer:LJet ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ print foNts ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░╚══════════════╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░██████████████║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ stYle of output ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ page Title: _Footer_ ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Option file:LASR_MAN ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.* ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗ │░┌───────────────┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█ │░│ ADVANCED USER │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Save options ║█ │░│ LEVEL MENUS │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█ │░└───────────────┘░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ 81 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ Data path ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ change confG ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ useR: EXPERT ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ prinTer:LJet ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ print foNts ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ Monitor:EGA+ ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ menu coLors ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ datE format ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ restore Conf ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ restore optS ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ restore patH ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░║ saVe options ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░╚══════════════╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░██████████████║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ stYle of output ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ page Title: _Footer_ ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Option file:LASR_MAN ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ coVer file: None ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ option sWitches ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Line/page limit: 999 ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ STAMP-IT!: No Stamp ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.* ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit: EITHER ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ output To: LPT1 ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Generate key word index:YES ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ INDX-IT! ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗ │░┌───────────────┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█ │░│ EXPERT USER │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Save options ║█ │░│ LEVEL MENUS │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█ │░└───────────────┘░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ The USER DISPLAY LEVEL controls what program data will be displayed in the back- ground when the Main or Function menus are active. -> To change the user level, select the USER LEVEL option by pressing U . The USER MENU LEVEL selection menu will next be displayed. 82 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION ┌───────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Menu ╞═╕ │ │ │ Normal >│█ │ │ │ Advanced>│█ │ │ │ Expert >│█ │ │ ╘══════════╛█ │ │ ████████████ │ └───────────────┘ -> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE . -> To change to a different USER MENU LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The USER DISPLAY LEVEL menu will next be shown. The highlighted DISPLAY LEVEL will be the same as the selected MENU LEVEL. The selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL will determine the option data that will be displayed while waiting for a selection from the Function menus, and optionally the MAIN menu also. ┌──────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Display ╞═╕ │ │ │ Suppress │█ │ │ │ Normal >│█ │ │ │ Advanced >│█ │ │ │ Expert >│█ │ │ ╘═════════════╛█ │ │ ███████████████ │ └──────────────────┘ -> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE . -> To select a USER DISPLAY LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The MAIN? selection menu is next displayed for all option except "Suppress". This menu selection will determine whether to display the selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL BACK- GROUND INFORMATION at only the Function menus or at both the MAIN and Function menus. ┌────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Main? ╞═╕ │ │ │ No │█ │ │ │ Yes │█ │ │ ╘═══════════╛█ │ │ █████████████ │ └────────────────┘ -> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE . -> To display the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at the Func- tion menus only, press N . -> To display the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at both the MAIN and Function menus, press Y . 83 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Printer [Advanced] LASR_MAN supports printers that use the Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language (PCL), Level 4. This includes all models of the LaserJet family of laser print- ers. In addition, support is also provided for the DeskJet series, ink jet printers that use an enhanced version of PCL, Level 3. There are some limitation with the DeskJet support and they are detailed in the chapter "DeskJet Printer Support". A variety of program parameters are affected by the choice of printers. These include PAPER SIZE, PAPER SOURCE and PRINT FONT TO USE, both for the individual fonts and globally. The SETUP Function option menu shows what family of printers is being supported; "LJet" for LaserJet and "DJet" for DeskJet. -> To select the family and model of printer to be supported, press T . A printer menu will the be displayed. ┌───────────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ PRINTER ╞══════════════╕ │ │ │ laserJet + │█ │ │ │ laserjet II │█ │ │ │ LaserJet IID/IIP,III,IV │█ │ │ │ DeskJet, no extra memory │█ │ │ │ deskjet, 256K memory │█ │ │ ╘══════════════════════════╛█ │ │ ████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────┘ The LaserJet + option will load Type One soft fonts - a 192 character soft font set (ASCII 32-127 and 160-255), in both portrait and landscape, which is required by some of the early LaserJet models and their compatibles. In gen- eral, use Type 1 fonts only if your printer will not work with Type 2. The LaserJet II option will load Type Two soft fonts - ASCII characters 32-255, in both portrait and landscape, which are required for LaserJet II and compatibles that cannot rotate a portrait font to landscape. (HP IID/IIP can rotate fonts) The LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV option will load Type Two Portrait soft fonts, since these printers can rotate them to Landscape. The DeskJet, with internal fonts only, required for DeskJet, DeskJet +, and DeskJet 500 and compatibles. These printers, without additional memory, are not capable of accepting soft fonts. The DeskJet with 256K extra memory option will load Type Three soft fonts (ASCII 32-255). -> To select a printer series/model, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A print change message will then be displayed. 84 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION This printer selection function will not change these program parameters until a different printer is selected. At that time, all of the affected parameters are set to their default values. -> To leave the printer as currently configured, press ESCAPE . -> To change the printer to that highlighted, press any other key. The printer program parameters of PAPER SIZE, PAPER SOURCE and PRINT FONT TO USE are then set to their default values. The program will next display the FONT TYPE selection menu, covered in the next section. 85 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Print Fonts to Use [Expert] Five different print fonts are used by the various Styles of Output, ranging from the largest at ten characters per inch to the smallest of thirty-three characters per inch. The specific characteristics of each of these fonts are defined in the printer configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG". Samples of each are also printed in the section "Print Style Overview". When the printer scans for a requested font, it checks the font sources in the following order: 1. Soft font. 2. Cartridge font. 3. Internal font. The fonts requested by LASR_MAN specify a Letter Gothic Typeface. Typeface is the least significant of the font selection characteristics, and if no cartridge or soft fonts are available, most HP laser printers and compatibles will use their corresponding internal Courier or Line Printer Typeface fonts for the Pica, Elite and Line Printer pitch fonts. There are no corresponding internal fonts for the Small and Tiny pitch fonts. NOTE Early LaserJet printers and some compatibles DO NOT have an internal Line Printer pitch font. In order to print using the Styles of Output with Small and Tiny pitch fonts, either cartridge or soft fonts with corresponding characteristics must be pres- ent. LASR_MAN can download soft fonts for any or all of the five supported pitch sizes. There are separate fonts for each pitch size in both landscape and por- trait orientation. Additionally each pitch size is available with either a lim- ited character set - 192 characters - or the full 256 character set. NOTE Early LaserJet printers and some compatibles CAN NOT accept the full 256 character set download fonts. If problems are encountered when attempting to print with the 256 character download font, try the 192 character set. There is a price to be paid for using soft fonts in place of either the printer internal fonts or those in a printer cartridge: that price is the time needed to transfer the soft font data from the computer to the printer. With LASR_MAN, a given soft font is only downloaded to the printer once, no matter how many files may be printed in a single program execution. The following table shows how much time is required for soft font downloading to a laser printer for the various pitches - these times should be relatively independent of the brand or model of either computer or printer. FONT SOFT FONT DOWNLOAD TIME (APPROXIMATE) Pica, 10 cpi 29 seconds Elite, 12 21 Line, 17 18 86 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION Small, 23 13 Tiny, 33 11 NOTE These times are for Type 2 soft fonts, having 256 characters. Type 1 soft fonts with 192 characters normally take several seconds less to download. Based on this information, you should estimate that it would take about a half minute longer to print a group of files with the Pica Letter Gothic soft font, than printing the same files with the Pica Courier internal font. The normal default setting for the INDIVIDUAL FONT TYPE is to NOT download Pica, Elite or Line Printer fonts and to download the 256 character sets for both the Small and Tiny pitch fonts. -> To specify the PRINT FONTS TO USE, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The FONT TYPE selection menu will be displayed, as shown below. Each of the Pitch fonts is shown, along with its current source. Additionally, there is a DISPLAY STATUS option that will show the availability of all soft font files at program startup. ┌───────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Font Type ╞════════╕ │ │ │ Pica-10 CPI Internal │█ │ │ │ Elite-12 Internal │█ │ │ │ Line-17 Internal │█ │ │ │ Small-23 256 char │█ │ │ │ Tiny-33 256 char │█ │ │ │ -------------------- │█ │ │ │ Display Status: No │█ │ │ ╘══════════════════════╛█ │ │ ████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the PRINT FONT TO USE as it was, press ESCAPE . -> To change the font source for any individual PITCH, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The three states that each source can be toggled to are "Internal", "192 char", and "256 char". For the two soft font sources, if either of the two font files - portrait or landscape - are not present and both are required, an error message is first displayed and then the source is toggled to the next value. NOTE Requested soft fonts are NOT downloaded to the printer at this time. Downloading will only occur when the Print Function is selected and the Style of Output specifies a soft font that has not been previously downloaded. NOTE The 192 character soft font set (Type One) is required by some of the early LaserJet models and their compatibles. In general, use Type 1 fonts only if your printer will not work with Type 2. NOTE Not all of the three FONT TYPES are available for all printer models. Only those available for the currently selected PRINTER will be displayed. 87 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 -> To toggle whether the status of all possible LASR_MAN soft font files will be displayed at startup, press D . 88 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION Monitor [Expert] The MONITOR option specifies whether the display will be done in color or mono- chrome. The default is that, if a color graphics card is present, the display will be in color: if the card is for a CGA monitor eight background colors will be used while EGA/VGA cards will use sixteen background colors. This procedure may be overridden with this option. -> To toggle the LASR_MAN program display between monochrome and the two color levels, press M . NOTE There are two levels of color: CGA will use eight background levels of color while EGA+ disables blinking and uses sixteen background levels of color. This latter method may not work well with all monitor types. 89 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Change menu colors [Expert] The LASR_MAN menus and windows have been grouped into eight types. The color of each type may be changed independently and these color settings can then be saved when exiting so that the same colors will be used the next time the pro- gram is run. The menu borders are usually white, except when the background menu color is white, the menu borders are black. The menu highlight bar is the same color as the unhighlighted menu text. NOTE The context sensitive help displays use the same colors as "Messages". NOTE Menu colors can also be partially controlled by the MONITOR option, which can select either eight or sixteen background colors. -> To reset the menu colors to those available at initial installation, press D . -> To change the colors of any of the menu types, select the CHANGE MENU COLORS option by pressing C . A menu to select the Menu Type for which a color change is to be made is next displayed. ┌────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═╕ │ │ │ Options >│█ │ │ │ Main >│█ │ │ │ Background >│█ │ │ │ Actions >│█ │ │ │ messaGes >│█ │ │ │ Preview >│█ │ │ │ file Info >│█ │ │ │ file Select >│█ │ │ │ Default colors│█ │ │ ╘═══════════════╛█ │ │ █████████████████ │ └────────────────────┘ -> To cancel changing a Menu Type's color at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To select the Menu Type whose color is to be changed, press its highlight- ed letter or move the highlight bar to the desired Menu Type using the cursor arrow keys and press ENTER . A sample menu with this Menu Type's current colors is next displayed. 90 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION ┌──────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═┌─┤ Menu Border ├─┐ │ │ │ Options >│ Selected │█ │ │ │ Main >│ Non-selected │█ │ │ │ Background >└─────────────────┘█ │ │ │ Actions >│███████████████████ │ │ │ messaGes >│█ │ │ │ Preview >│█ │ │ │ file Info >│█ │ │ │ file Select >│█ │ │ │ Default colors│█ │ │ ╘═══════════════╛█ │ │ █████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel changing this Menu Type's color at this point, press ES- CAPE . -> To change this Menu Type's background color, use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to step through the sixteen background color combinations. -> To change this Menu Type's foreground color, use the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys to step through the sixteen foreground color combinations. -> To accept the sample menu's colors currently displayed for the high- lighted Menu Type, press ENTER . 91 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Date Format Expert All dates, such as file and print dates, may be shown in any of three formats. These are the normal default American one of "MM-DD-YY", the Eureopean style of "DD-MM-YY", an a sort order of "YY-MM-DD". In addition the date field seperator character, whose default is a dash, '-', may be set to any character. When this option is selected, a SET DATE DISPLAY FORMAT menu is displayed, as shown below. This menu serves to toggle the date display style, edit the date element seperator character, and accept the modified DATE DISPLAY FORMAT. ┌──────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Set DATE DISPLAY FORMAT ╞═╕ │ │ │ √ MM DD YY - Month Day Year │█ │ │ │ DD MM YY - Day Month Year │█ │ │ │ YY MM DD - Year Month Day │█ │ │ │ Element seperator char:- │█ │ │ │ Accept date display format │█ │ │ ╘═════════════════════════════╛█ │ │ ███████████████████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────────┘ -> To change the style of DATE DISPLAY, move the highlight bar to the desired one and press ENTER . The selection check mark will then move to that style. -> To change the date element seperator character, press E . The current char- acter may then be edited, on the same line as the option. When editing is complete, press ENTER . -> To accept the DATE DISPLAY FORMAT as edited, press A . Check that date dis- play format is correct, as shown with the current date, in the upper right protion of the display. 92 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION Restore Conf [Expert] The configuration parameters may be restored to those that were in effect when the program began. -> To restore the configuration data to the defaults, select the RESTORE CONFIG option by pressing N . A verification menu is then presented. ┌────────────┐ │ ╒═Sure?═╕ │ │ │ No │█ │ │ │ Yes │█ │ │ ╘═══════╛█ │ │ █████████ │ └────────────┘ -> To cancel this action and leave the configuration data as it currently is, press N or ESCAPE . -> To continue and restore the default configuration data, press Y . NOTE Use of this option DOES NOT change the selected Paper Size and Paper Source Bin. 93 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Reload the Defaults [Expert] All of the options may be reset to the values that were in effect when the pro- gram was first loaded, and before the options from the environment variable "LASER" and the command line were processed. -> To reset all of the options to their original values, select the RELOAD THE DEFAULTS option by pressing R . A verification menu is next displayed. ┌────────────┐ │ ╒═Sure?═╕ │ │ │ No │█ │ │ │ Yes │█ │ │ ╘═══════╛█ │ │ █████████ │ └────────────┘ -> To cancel resetting the option values, press N or ESCAPE . -> To reset the options to their original values, press Y . NOTE Selection of this option WILL LOSE any options changes that were specified in the environment variable "LASER" or on the command line. 94 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 SETUP FUNCTION Restore Path [Expert] At any time during the execution of LASR_MAN, the original data drive and direc- tory path may be restored. -> To restore the drive and directory path to that which was in effect when the program was first loaded, select the RESTORE PATH option by pressing R . A verification menu is then presented. ┌────────────┐ │ ╒═Sure?═╕ │ │ │ No │█ │ │ │ Yes │█ │ │ ╘═══════╛█ │ │ █████████ │ └────────────┘ -> To cancel this action and leave the data path as it currently is set, press N or ESCAPE . -> To continue and restore the data path, press Y . 95 SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Save Options [Expert] A duplicate option to save the option file has been added to the SETUP Function menu for convenience. Its operation is described in the chapter "EXIT FUNCTION", section "Save Options". 96 OPTIONS FUNCTION Options are used by LASR_MAN to define how the program displays will appear, and how the printed output will look. All options specified in the environment vari- able "LASER" and on the command line are set before the options menu is first displayed. The OPTIONS Function menu allows changing and over-riding those op- tion settings. The options displayed by the OPTIONS FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below is set to the Expert level. -> To select the OPTIONS Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press O or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the OPTIONS Function using cursor control keys and press ENTER . The OPTIONS Function menu will then be dis- played, as shown below. ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper siZe: STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ stYle of outputv ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │Paper═>STANDARD░║ page Title: _Footer_>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │┌──┤ Page ├───┐░║ Option file:LASR_MANv║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ ││Landscape ^═║ coVer file: Nonev║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ ││ │ ║ option sWitches >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ ││ Lines═>72 ║ Line/page limit: 999 ║█───┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│ ││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║ STAMP-IT!: No Stamp>║█ge start>ODD page floW >2pps>HOR ││ │└<Chars═>81 >┘ ╚══════════════════════╝█Titles══>NO blanK lines════>YES ││ │░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞═████████████████████████ margin═>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││ │░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ print Formfeeds>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ title Headers══>YES tAb print width> 8 ││ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│ │░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│ │░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│ │░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│ -> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE . -> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter. -> To select an OPTIONS Function option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and press ENTER . 97 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Paper Size [Normal] The PAPER SIZE option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired paper size from any of the sizes that are defined in the LASR_MAN printer command con- figuration file. The available options displayed are a function of the PRINTER selected. The available PAPER SIZE options for laser printers include: A4 210mm x 297mm CENTERED LETTER sized text pages on a LEGAL SIZE sheet LEGAL 8½" x 14" legal size STANDARD (Letter) 8½" x 11" The available PAPER SIZE options for ink jet printers that DO NOT support soft fonts include: 3 DJI LEG 8½" x 14" legal size 4 DJI STD (Letter) 8½" x 11" The available PAPER SIZE options for ink jet printers that DO support soft fonts include: 8 DJ+ LEG 8½" x 14" legal size 9 DJ+ STD (Letter) 8½" x 11" -> To toggle the paper size, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER SIZE will change to the next one available, in alphabetical order. 98 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Style of Output [Normal] The STYLE OF OUTPUT selection menus are used to specify the orientation of the printed output, whether each sheet will be printed on one side of the paper or on both sides, how many pages of text will be printed on a side of the paper and the pitch of the output. For a complete description of the various STYLE TYPES, see the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter. The two different sheet orientations available are shown in the figures below. ╔═══════════════════╗ ║ PORTRAIT ║ ║ ORIENTATION ║ ╔═════════════════════════════╗ ║ ║ ║ ^ LANDSCAPE ORIENTATION ║ ║ ║ ║ └long side ║ ║ <─long side ║ ║ ║ ║ ║ ║ ║ ║ FOOTER PAGE# ║ ║ FOOTER PAGE# ║ ╚═══════════════════╝ ╚═════════════════════════════╝ -> To change the STYLE TYPE of output or its pitch, select the STYLE OF OUTPUT option by pressing Y . A menu to select the major print STYLE TYPE is next displayed, with the currently selected style highlighted. When the STYLE OF OUTPUT option is selected, a table summarizing STYLE TYPE information is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as shown below. The cur- rent STYLE TYPE data is highlighted. 99 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ TYPE PPS CPI CPL LPP TYPE PPS CPI CPL LPP ╞═╕ │ ││ Portrait 1 10 80 60 Landscape 1 10 106 45 │█│ ││ Portrait 1 12 96 81 Landscape 1 12 127 61 │█│ ││ Portrait 1 17 133 95 Landscape 1 17 176 72 │█│ ││ Portrait 1 23 183 131 Landscape 1 23 243 98 │█│ ││ Portrait 1 33 264 166 Landscape 1 33 351 125 │█│ ││ ─── Land/Book/Book 2 17 81 72 │█│ ││ Port/Book/Book 4 23 81 61 ─── │█│ ││ ─── Land/Book/Book 8 33 81 60 │█│ │╘══╡ PPS=Pages/Side CPI=Characters/Inch CPL=Chars/Line LPP=Lines/Page ╞══╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Type - When the STYLE TYPE selection menu is displayed, a window depicting information about the paper orientation options and type descriptions is also displayed, as shown below. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Style Type Formats ├───────────────────┐ │ │ │ ╔════════╗ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │ │ │ ║Portrait║ ║ Pamphlet ║ │█ │ │ │ ║ ║ ╔═══════════╗ ║ or ║ │█ │ │ ╒═╡ Type ╞════│ ║1/4 PPS ║ ║ Landscape ║ ║ Book ║ │█ │ │ │ Portrait >│>╚════════╝ ║ 1/2/8 PPS ║ ║ 2/4/8 PPS ║ │█ │ │ │ Landscape >│>══════════>╚═══════════╝ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │ │ │ pampHlet >│>Each file is printed on separate sheets │█ │ │ │ Book >│>Files are printed like chapters in a book│█ │ │ ╘═════════════└──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To leave the STYLE TYPE of output as it is currently set and change its sides per sheet, pages per side and/or pitch option, press ENTER . -> To select a different STYLE TYPE of output, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired STYLE TYPE with the arrow keys and press ENTER . The various values for this option are detailed below. P Portrait type - Printing is done using the portrait orientation. There may be one or four text pages per sheet side. L Landscape type - Printing is done using the landscape orientation. There may be one, two, or eight text pages per sheet side. H pampHlet type - Each selected file is printed in pamphlet form. The output will require two printer passes for each sheet of paper: first printing text pages on the front of the sheet - two, four, or eight pages - and then a second printer pass to print text pages on the back of the sheet. Each file is printed on a separate set of paper sheets. B Book type - Selected files are printed in book form. The output is the same as PAMPHLET type except that the printing of multiple files is done in a manner such that each file appears as if it were a chapter in a book. 100 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Sides - If either the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE STYLE TYPES of output are select- ed, a SIDES option selection menu is displayed (both PAMPHLET TYPE and BOOK TYPE styles of output print on both sides of the paper sheet). Selection of the "One side" option will result in the output being printed on only one side of the paper, and will require only one pass of the paper through the printer. The "Both sides" option selection requires that each output sheet will pass through the printer twice, and be printed on both sides. ┌──────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Sides Formats ├─┐ │ │ │ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │ │ │ ║Print Front║ │█ │ │ │ ║Side Only ║ │█ │ │ ╒═╡ Sides ╞═══│ ╔>╚═══════════╝ │█ │ │ │ One side >│>╝_________________│█ │ │ │ Both sides >│>╗ │█ │ │ ╘═════════════│ ╚>╔═══════════╗ │█ │ │ █████████████│ ║First Print║ │█ │ │ │ ║Front Side ║ │█ │ │ │ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │ │ │ v v v │█ │ │ │ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │ │ │ ║Then Print ║ │█ │ │ │ ║Back Side ║ │█ │ │ │ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │ │ └───────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To leave the SIDES STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set, and change its pages per side and/or pitch option, press ENTER . -> To select a different SIDES STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired SIDES with the arrow keys and press ENTER . 101 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Pages/Side - The PAGES/SIDE option selection menu is displayed with only those options that are valid for the selected STYLE TYPE of output highlight- ed. ┌────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ PPS Formats ├─┐ │ │ │ ╔═════╗ │█ │ │ │ ║Text ║ │█ │ │ │ ║ Page║ │█ │ │ ╒═╡ PPS ╞═│ ║ P1║<Paper │█ │ │ │ One >│>╚═════╝ Sheet │█ │ │ │ Two │>══>╔═══════════╗│█ │ │ │ Four │>═╗ ║Text │Text ║│█ │ │ │ Eight │>╗║ ║Page │ Page║│█ │ │ ╘═════════│ ║║ ║ P1│ P2║│█ │ │ █████████│ ║║ ╚═══════════╝│█ │ │ │ ║╚>╔═════╗ ^ │█ │ │ │ ║ ║P1│P2║<Paper│█ │ │ │ ║ ║──┼──║ Sheet│█ │ │ │ ║ ║P3│P4║ │ │█ │ │ │ ║ ╚═════╝ v │█ │ │ │ ╚═>╔═══════════╗│█ │ │ │ ║P1│P2│P3│P4║│█ │ │ │ ║──┼──┼──┼──║│█ │ │ │ ║P5│P6│P7│P8║│█ │ │ │ ╚═══════════╝│█ │ │ │Pages Per Side │█ │ │ └─────────────────┘█ │ │ ███████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To leave the PAGES/SIDE STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set and change its pitch option, press ENTER . -> To select a different PAGES/SIDE STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its high- lighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PAGES/SIDE with the arrow keys and press ENTER . 102 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Text Pages/Book Page - For PAMPHLET and BOOK STYLE TYPES with four or eight pages per side, an additional option is available, namely the number of text pages printed on each pamphlet/book page. For a full description on the available page layouts for this option, see the section "PRINT STYLE OVER- VIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter. The PAGES/BOOK PAGE selection menu is displayed when the STYLE OF OUTPUT selected allows, and is shown below. Only valid options are highlighted. ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ PPBP Formats ├──┐ │ │ │╔═════╗ │█ │ │ │║16│P1║4PPS │█ │ │ │╠═════╣<──┬Cut────┐│█ │ │ │║14│P3║ │ ││█ │ │ │╚═════╝ v 8PPS ││█ │ │ │ ^ ╔═════╦═════╗ ││█ │ │ ╒═╡ PPBP ╞═│ OR ║16│P1║14│P3║ ││█ │ │ │ One │>═╩>╠═════╬═════╣<┘│█ │ │ │ two │>═╗ ║12│P5║10│P7║ │█ │ │ │ Four │>╗║ ╚═════╩═════╝ │█ │ │ ╘══════════│ ║╚>╔═════╗ │█ │ │ ██████████│ ║ ║15│16║4PPS │█ │ │ │ ║ ╟─────╢<┬Fold │█ │ │ │ ║ ║P1│P2║ │ │█ │ │ │ ║ ╚═════╝ v 8PPS│█ │ │ │ ╚═══>╔═════╤═════╗│█ │ │ │ ║13│14│P1│P2║│█ │ │ │ ║──┼──│──┼──║│█ │ │ │ ║15│16│P3│P4║│█ │ │ │ ╚═════╧═════╝│█ │ │ │Pages Per Book Page│█ │ │ └───────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To leave the PAGES/BOOK PAGE STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set, press ENTER . -> To select a different PAGES/BOOK PAGE STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PAGES/BOOK PAGE with the arrow keys and press ENTER . 103 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Pitch - The PITCH selection menu is displayed when any of the first two STYLE TYPES, PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE, are selected. All other styles use a fixed pitch. ┌─────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Pitch ├──┐ │ │ │ Pica-10 CPI│█ │ │ │ Elite-12 │█ │ │ │ Line-17 │█ │ │ │ Small-23 │█ │ │ │ Tiny-33 │█ │ │ └────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████ │ └─────────────────┘ -> To leave the PITCH as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To change the PITCH from that highlighted, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PITCH using the arrow keys and press ENTER . 104 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Option File [Advanced] The OPTION FILE option will load an option file that contains preset values, replacing any/all of the current option values. The main purpose of this option is to allow setting the LASR_MAN options for a specific type of printing, such as printing manuals with a fixed set of style options from a given directory. These options may then be saved, with a file name and description, using the EXIT function, and then reloaded at a later time. NOTE If the option file "LASR_MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automatically loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the command line. -> To load a previously saved option file, select the OPTION FILE option by pressing O . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are option files, those with an extension of ".LMO", on more than one of the PATH subdi- rectories. ┌────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │ │ │ C:\BAT │█ │ │ │ C:\LP │█ │ │ │ C:\ │█ │ │ ╘═══════════════╛█ │ │ █████████████████ │ └────────────────────┘ -> To cancel selection of the option file at this point, press ESCAPE . -> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys and pressing ENTER . A PICK LIST menu to select the available option files is next displayed, as shown below. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory that have an extension of ".LMO". ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │ ││ BOWLHELP.LMO LASR_MAN.LMO SCREEN.LMO SOURCE4.LMO TEST.LMO │█│ │╘════════════════════════════════════════╡ Select the desired OPTION FILE ╞═╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel selection of the option file at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To view the contents of a option file, move the highlight bar to the de- sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view window will be displayed, as shown below. 105 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │┌─┤ VIEW - File LASR_MAN.LMO Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ││/!Default options ^█│ ││/AE ▒█│ ││/CC:\LP\NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│ ││/DC:\LP ▒█│ ││/EY ▒█│ ││/F*.* ▒█│ ││/G50 ▒█│ ││/HF v█│ ││/HLF'' │█│ ││/HCP'' │█│ ││/HRA'' │█│ ││/L0159 │█│ ││/L1249 │█│ ││/L2143 │█│ ││/L323 │█│ │└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys. -> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME . -> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER . -> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE . -> To select an option file to load, move the highlight bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The selected option file name, along with its description, is displayed to the right of the OPTION FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters replacing any option parameters now in effect. 106 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Cover file [Expert] LASR_MAN has the ability to print a cover file, located on any path referenced directory (or the current directory), before printed the normally selected files. This cover file, with a required extension of ".LMV", may be of any length and can be created and/or edited by a word processor. When selected, it will be printed before all of the other selected files. -> To specify printing a cover file, first select the COVER FILE option by pressing V . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are cover files, those with an extension of ".LMV", on more than one of the PATH subdi- rectories. ┌────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │ │ │ C:\BAT │█ │ │ │ C:\LP │█ │ │ │ C:\ │█ │ │ ╘═══════════════╛█ │ │ █████████████████ │ └────────────────────┘ -> To cancel selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE . -> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys and pressing ENTER . A PICK LIST menu to select the available cover files is next displayed, as shown below. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory that have an extension of ".LMV". ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │ ││ SAMPLE.LMV │█│ │╘════════════════════════════════╡ Select the desired COVER FILE to Print ╞═╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To view the contents of a cover file, move the highlight bar to the de- sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view window will be displayed, as shown below. 107 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │┌─┤ VIEW - File SAMPLE.LMV Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│ ││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ^█│ ││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│ ││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│ ││▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒█│ ││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█│ ││ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▒█│ ││▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒█│ ││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ v█│ ││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│ ││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│ ││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒│█│ ││ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀│█│ ││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│ ││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▀▀▒▒█▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│ ││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│ │└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys. -> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME . -> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER . -> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE . -> To select a cover file to print before the selected files, move the high- light bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press EN- TER . The selected cover file name will be displayed to the right of the COVER FILE option. 108 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Page Title [Advanced] The PAGE TITLE selection menu is used to determine whether two of the lines on each text page will be used for a page title or for file text and, if there is a title, its format. The title, when printed, consists of three segments - left, center, right - each of which may be independently set to one of eight different formats, one of which allows user data entry. The title may be in the form of a page header or footer, and it can be underlined. A depiction of the PAGE TITLE is shown below. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │<═══LEFT TITLE SEGMENT══> <══CENTER TITLE SEGMENT═> <══RIGHT TITLE SEGMENT══>│ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To change the PAGE TITLE option or edit its segments, select the PAGE TITLE option by pressing T . A menu to select the TITLE Type is next displayed. ┌─────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ TITLE Type ╞═╕ │ │ │ Header >│█ │ │ │ Footer >│█ │ │ │ hEad/foot >│█ │ │ │ fOot/head >│█ │ │ │ None │█ │ │ ╘════════════════╛█ │ │ ██████████████████ │ └─────────────────────┘ The "hEad/foot" option will generate a header title, and the "fOot/head" option will generate a footer for output styles with one and two text pages per side. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ║ HEADER/FOOTER FOOTER/HEADER ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ For output styles with four and eight text pages per side, both the "hEad/foot" and "fOot/head" generate the same title formats: the top text pages will have a header, and the bottom text pages will have a footer. 109 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐<────4 Pages/Side ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │───────────┼───────────│ │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ 8 Pages/Side ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ Both HEADER/FOOTER and FOOTER /HEADER ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ -> To leave the PAGE TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To select a different TITLE Type, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired TITLE Type with the arrow keys and press EN- TER . If one of the types that display the title is selected, an UNDERLINE selection menu is displayed. ┌─────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Underline? ╞═╕ │ │ │ Yes v│█ │ │ │ No v│█ │ │ ╘════════════════╛█ │ │ ██████████████████ │ └─────────────────────┘ -> To leave the page TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To underline the selected title, press Y . -> To print the Title without an underline, press N . A TITLE format selection menu is next displayed for the LEFT segment of the title. This will be followed by menus for the CENTER and RIGHT title seg- ments. ┌────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ For the LEFT title, use ├─────┐ │ │ │ FILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │ │ │ fILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy │█ │ │ │ fiLE: nnnnnnnn.eee │█ │ │ │ PRINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │ │ │ pRINTED: mm-dd-yy │█ │ │ │ pAGE: pppp │█ │ │ │ paGE: pppp [ff-nnnn] │█ │ │ │ Custom │█ │ │ │ Nothing │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave this and the other title segments with their current settings, press ESCAPE . The program will return to the OPTIONS Function menu. -> To leave this title segment data as it is currently set, press ENTER . 110 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION -> To change the format to be displayed in this title segment from that highlighted, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired title segment format using the arrow keys and press EN- TER . If the "Custom" title segment option is selected, A Custom Title data entry window is displayed. ┌────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌──┤ Enter Custom Title ├───┐ │ │ │ ......................... │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────┘ -> To edit this Custom Title segment, type or change the desired data, using the action keys that are shown on the bottom help line. -> To cancel changing this Custom Title segment, and restore its former value, press ESCAPE . -> To accept this edited Custom Title segment, press ENTER . The newly defined title segment formats are temporarily displayed during selection on the next to the last line of the background display. The dis- play below would be seen after the LEFT and CENTER title segments have been defined, and while waiting for the RIGHT title segment to be select- ed. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │FILE: NNNNNNNN.EEE MM-DD-YY PRINTED: MM-DD-YY HH:MM │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ 111 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Option Switches [Expert] A variety of option switches are available to control the printed output. Most of these switches are of the toggle variety but several are more complex and have selection or entry menus. The TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu is dis- played below. -> To first display the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES selection menu, press W or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER . ┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCH ├───────────┐ │ │ │ file Page start>ODD page floW >2pps>HOR │█ │ │ │ switch Titles══>NO blanK lines════>YES │█ │ │ │ Binding margin═>NO no Left margin═> 0 │█ │ │ │ print Formfeeds>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 │█ │ │ │ title Headers══>YES tAb print width> 8 │█ │ │ │ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu, press ESCAPE . -> To toggle/change an option switch, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired option switch using the arrow keys and press ENTER . File Page Start (Toggle) - Determines whether new files will be started on the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per side, PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE styles. The "Any" option setting will start printing the next file on the next available page. The "Odd" option setting will start printing the next file on the next odd numbered page skipping any intervening even num- bered page. Switch Titles (Toggle) - Will switch the left and right title segment data fields on even numbered pages. If the option switch is "Yes", the left and right title segment data fields will be switched on all even numbered pages. If it is "No", the title will be the same on all pages. Binding margin (Toggle) - Reads a special change configuration file, "BINDMARG.LMC", that provides a half-inch binding margin on the printed out- put. Print Form Feeds (Toggle) - Specifies how text form feed characters will be handled during printing. The available PRINT FORM FEEDS option include: YES All text form feed characters will be printed. NO Text form feed characters will be ignored. *** Form feed characters are replaced with a text line of special characters to denote the page break, and the form feed is NOT printed. Using this method, the location of form feed characters will then be visible in the output. 112 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Title Headers (Toggle) - Used to remove the headers from title section data fields. Each title section data field, except the custom field, has a header, such as "PAGE:" for the page data field. If this option is "Yes", these title headers will be printed. If it is "No", they will be removed. As an example, the first title segment data field would be printed as "'FILE:nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm" with the TITLE HEADERS switch set to "Yes", and as "nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm" when set to "No". Page Dividers (Menu) - Used to define the page dividers that are normally included when multiple text pages are printed on one side of a paper sheet. The "filled" options will produce a single divider line from one side (or end) of the sheet to the other. The "no fill" options produce broken dividers lines with spaces between the text page areas. ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░ │<thin░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║<Block │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░ │ linE░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░1 │ ░░░░2 │ │ ░░░░1 ║ ░░░░2 │ │ ░░░░1 ░░░░2 │ ║ ║ │ ═════ ═════ │ │ ──────╫────── │ │ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░ │^░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║^thin░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░ │└blocK │ │ ░░░░░ ║└Line░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░3 │ ░░░░4 │ │ ░░░░3 ║ ░░░░4 │ │ ░░░░3 ░░░░4 │ ║ ║ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ ║ ║ Both with no fill Both filled No page dividers ║ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ Two divider selection menus are displayed: first the HORIZONTAL DIVIDER and then the VERTICAL DIVIDER. ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Horizontal ├─────┐ │ │ │ thin Line, filled │█ │ │ │ thin linE, no fill │█ │ │ │ Block, filled │█ │ │ │ blocK, no fill │█ │ │ │ None │█ │ │ └────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To select a HORIZONTAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER . The VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER menu will then be displayed. ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Vertical ├───────┐ │ │ │ thin Line, filled │█ │ │ │ thin linE, no fill │█ │ │ │ Block, filled │█ │ │ │ blocK, no fill │█ │ │ │ None │█ │ │ └────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────┘ -> To leave the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ESCAPE . -> To select a VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter or 113 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER . Page Flow (Toggle) - There are two options for page flow on output styles of four and eight pages per side. The first is HORIZONTAL, where text pages are printed across the top of the sheet from left to right, and then again at the bottom of the sheet. VERTICAL page flow prints the first two text pages on the left side of the sheet, top first then bottom. The default PAGE FLOW on four and eight page per side style output is horizontal, as shown below, by the page numbers followed by "H". The PAGE FLOW option switch may be toggled for vertical flow, resulting in the output depicted below with page numbers followed by "V". ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═══════════════╗<=PORTRAIT │ │ ║1V │3V ║ LANDSCAPE │ │ ║ or │ or ║ ╔═══════════════════════╗ │ │ ║ 1H│ 2H║ ║1V │3V │5V │7V ║ │ │ ║───────┼───────║ ║ 1H│ 2H│ 3H│ 4H║ │ │ ║2V │4V ║ ║─────┼─────┼─────┼─────║ │ │ ║ or │ or ║ ║2V │4V │6V │8V ║ │ │ ║ 3H│ 4H║ ║ 5H│ 6H│ 7H│ 8H║ │ │ ╚══4 Pages/Side═╝ ╚══════8 Pages/Side═════╝ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To toggle the PAGE FLOW option switch, press its highlighted letter or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Blank Lines (Toggle) - Blank lines from the input file are normally printed on the output. This option allows suppression of blank lines on the output, and is useful in cases where the input file is double spaced and it's desired to have the output single spaced. If the option switch is "Yes", the default, blank lines will be printed. If the option is "No", blank lines will not be printed. No Left Margin (Entry) - Blank spaces on the left margin may be suppressed by use of this option. The NO LEFT MARGIN option will remove leading blank spac- es on each text line. It DOES NOT remove text, only blank spaces. For example, if a page has lines that are 85 characters long, but there are 5 blank spaces at the beginning of each line, setting the NO LEFT MARGIN to a value 5 will allow the page to print properly, using a STYLE OF OUTPUT that has 80 characters/line. -> To change the NO LEFT MARGIN option setting, press its highlighted letter or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value will be displayed for editing. ┌───────────────────────────┐ │ no Left margin═> 0. │ └───────────────────────────┘ -> To edit the NO LEFT MARGIN data, use the cursor control keys shown on the help line. -> To accept the NO LEFT MARGIN data after editing, press ENTER . -> To cancel changing the NO LEFT MARGIN data, press ESCAPE . 114 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Spaces/Tab (Entry) - The SPACES PER TABS option is used to determine the number of spaces used for tab characters in the selected files that are to be printed. Additionally, leading spaces of more than the SPACES/TAB value will be converted to tab characters: for example if SPACES/TAB is 8, twenty-four leading spaces = three tab characters. Correct use of this option switch, along with the next, TAB PRINT WIDTH, will assure proper alignment of the final output. The SPACES/TAB option switch should be set to the value used by the text editor or word processor that generated the document to be printed. This value is normally eight spaces per tab. -> To change the SPACES/TAB option setting, press its highlighted letter or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value will be displayed for editing. ┌───────────────────────────┐ │ Spaces/tab═════> 8 │ └───────────────────────────┘ -> To edit the SPACES/TAB data, use the cursor control keys shown on the help line. -> To accept the SPACES/TAB data after editing, press ENTER . -> To cancel changing the SPACES/TAB data, press ESCAPE . Tab Print Width (Entry) - Although tabs may have been defined as a specific width, such as eight spaces - the default value, they can be printed out with a different width by use of this option switch. -> To change the TAB PRINT WIDTH option setting, press its highlighted letter or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value will be displayed for editing. ┌───────────────────────────┐ │ tAb print width> 8 │ └───────────────────────────┘ -> To edit the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, use the cursor control keys shown on the help line. -> To accept the TAB PRINT WIDTH data after editing, press ENTER . -> To cancel changing the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, press ESCAPE . Text Word Wrap (Toggle) - When the file text line is longer than the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT print line, the part of the text that will fit on the first line is printed. How the remaining text for that line is then handled depends on the selected text word wrap option. Available TEXT WORD WRAP options in- clude: +++ The first output text line is filled completely, and the remain- ing text is then placed on the next output line preceded by charac- ter continuation string, whose default value is " ═══>". This char- acter continuation string is defined in the configuration file, and may be changed. A text string of up to 1000 characters will be han- dled properly, being broken into multiple lines. Cut The first output text line is filled completely, and the remain- ing text for that line is discarded. 115 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Yes The first output text line is filled to the last full word, and the remaining text is then placed on the next output line. Single car- riage returns are ignored, and double carriage returns are pro- cessed as such. This is a "paragraph" approach to preparing the output, and will not work well with tabular or graphical text mate- rial. -> To toggle the TEXT WORD WRAP OPTION SWITCH, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . 116 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 OPTIONS FUNCTION Line/Page Limit [Expert] The LINES PER PAGE LIMIT option can be used to force a text file, that does not use form feed characters, to properly paginate when it's lines per page is different than the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT's lines per page. For example, if a text file has 66 lines per page without any form feed charac- ters and the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT prints 72 lines per page, setting the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT to 66 will result in properly printed pagination. -> To change the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . Edit the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as de- sired. ┌───────────────────────────┐ │ Line/page limit 999 │ └───────────────────────────┘ -> To accept the edited LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press ENTER . -> To cancel editing and leave the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as currently set, press ESCAPE . 117 OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Stamp-it! [Expert] A halftone "rubber stamp" can optionally be printed on each text page. The char- acter size of this stamp is fixed - about 3/8" high - and is the same for all Styles of Output. Each letter has a thin outline and a lightly shaded interior. The stamp may be printed horizontally across the center of the text pageor ver- tically. Stamp text is first selected from a list of commonly used stamps. The default is to NOT print a halftone "rubber stamp" on each text page. -> To change the status of this STAMP-IT! option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A STAMP-IT! STYLE selec- tion menu will then be displayed. ┌────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ Style ╞═╕ │ │ │ None │█ │ │ │ Horizont >│█ │ │ │ Vertical >│█ │ │ ╘═══════════╛█ │ │ █████████████ │ └────────────────┘ -> To leave the STAMP-IT! STYLE as it was, press ESCAPE . SAMPLE STAMP-IT! -> To select a STAMP-IT! STYLE, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A STAMP-IT! TEXT selection menu will next be displayed. ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ STAMP-IT! Text ╞═╗ │ │ ║ Copy ║█ │ │ ║ confidEntial ║█ │ │ ║ do Not copy ║█ │ │ ║ Draft ║█ │ │ ║ Urgent ║█ │ │ ╚════════════════════╝█ │ │ ██████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────┘ -> To select a new or different STAMP-IT! text, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected text, or at least the first portion of it, will appear on the "STAMP- IT!" option line. NOTE There is also a time cost to printing a "rubber stamp" on each text page: the length of time required to initially download the "rubber stamp" soft font to the printer is about fifty seconds. Printing the "rubber stamp" on each text page normal- ly requires little additional time. 118 FILES SELECT FUNCTION File selection and tagging is the cornerstone of LASR_MAN operations. It is the process of specifying which file or files, located on the current drive-direct- ory, are to be printed. Only the files from one directory at a time may be pri- nted with LASR_MAN. Only after a file or files are selected and tagged may pri- nting occur. The file names displayed for file selection are those files on the current drive-directory as defined by the Data Path. If the files from a different drive-directory are desired, first select the SETUP Function and change the data path prior to selecting the FILES SELECT Function. Additionally, the files displayed must meet the criteria defined by ARCHIVE BIT STATUS & FILE MASK options. LASR_MAN will handle directories with up to 512 files, displaying them seventy- five at a time. Files in excess of this number will be bypassed, and an overflow error message will be displayed. NOTE To process directories containing more than 512 files, use the ARCHIVE BIT and FILE MASK options to decrease the number of selectable files to less than 512. The options displayed on the FILES SELECT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu dis- played below is set to the Expert level. -> To select the FILES SELECT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press F or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the FILES SELECT Function using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The FILES SELECT Function menu will then be displayed, as shown below. 119 FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ File selection/tag >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.*.........║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit: EITHER ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════════════╝█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████████████░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│ │░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│ │░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│ │░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│ -> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE . -> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter. -> To select a FILES SELECT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and press ENTER . 120 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 FILES SELECT FUNCTION File Selection/Tag [Normal] FILE SELECTION/TAG is the process of specifying which file or files, located on the current drive-directory, are to be printed. -> To select and tag files from the current drive-directory for printing, select the FILE SELECTION/TAG option by pressing F . A FILE TAG MENU is next dis- played. ┌────────────────────────┐ │ ╒═╡ FILE TAG MENU ╞═╕ │ │ │ Toggle file tag │█ │ │ │ All files─────TAG │█ │ │ │ Count page/sheet │█ │ │ │<analyZe file │█ │ │ ╘═══════════════════╛█ │ │ █████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────┘ NOTE The "All files" option is available only at the ADVANCED or EXPERT User Level. The "Count page/sheet" and "analyZe file" options are available only at the EXPERT User Level. Normally the ENTER key will exit from FILE SELECTION and switch to PRINT if any files have been tagged. This action, however, can be changed to toggling the highlighted file's tag status, acting like the SPACE bar. -> To toggle the action to be performed by the ENTER key, press TAB . The current action of ENTER is shown on the help line. Additionally, three other windows are also displayed. The FILE INFORMATION win- dow displays data on the currently highlighted file and will, when they are selected, provide additional information with the ANALYZE FILE and VIEW PAGE options. The right-most abbreviations stand for maximum characters per line and maximum lines per page. These are a function of the currently selected STYLE OF OUTPUT. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │ │ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │ │ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ 121 FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window, dis- playing information of the files selected and printed. The "File" and "Size" fields will be updated as files are tagged and untagged, and the "Page" and "Sheet" fields will be updated when the COUNT PAGE/SHEET option is selected. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> ■/■ Sheet═> ■/■ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST selection menu displays the current drive- directory's files - as limited by the ARCHIVE BIT and FILE MASK options - in alphabetical order. A maximum of seventy-five may be displayed at one time: if this directory contains more than seventy-five, a prompt is added to the bottom help line to allow viewing the remainder. Tagged file names are preceded by a '>' character. The active highlight bar is that in the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST window. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │╒═╡ PICK LIST - D:\WP\FORMS ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │ ││>ERRATA.FOR INVC-11.FOR INVC-7.FOR >MM-RETN.FOR MM-RETN1.FOR │█│ ││ ORDER-11.FOR PROBLEM.FOR >QUOTE.FOR SALR-11.FOR STATMENT.FOR │█│ ││ TIMESHET.FOR │█│ │╘═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ >=Print Tag ╞═╛█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To terminate FILE SELECTION/TAG, press ENTER or ESCAPE . The program will proceed to the PRINT Function if any files have been tagged. -> If this directory contains more seventy-five files, to view the remainder of the files, use the PAGEUP and PAGEDOWN keys. -> To toggle the print tag on the currently highlighted file, press T or SPACE . This file's tag will be changed and the file highlight will move to the next file. -> To tag the currently highlighted file, press INSERT . The file highlight will move to the next file. -> To clear any print tag on the currently highlighted file, press DELETE . The file highlight will move to the next file. -> [Advanced, Expert] To tag ALL of the displayed files from printing, press A . All of the displayed files will be tagged, and the ALL option will change to "CLEAR". -> [Advanced, Expert] To clear the print tag on all of the displayed files, press A . NOTE This option acts as a toggle and will change from "CLEAR" to "TAG". -> [Expert] To COUNT the number of PAGEs and SHEETs that will be printed by all of the currently tagged files, press C . The totals information will appear on the next-to-last display line. -> [Expert] To ANALYZE and determine the number of printed pages to be generated by the currently highlighted FILE, press Z . The FILE INFORMATION window will be updated with this data along with the maximum line width and page length for this file, as shown below. 122 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 FILES SELECT FUNCTION ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File GENERAL.DOC ├────────────────┐ │ │ │ Type Text Date 05-16-92 10:28 MaxC/L 81 │█ │ │ │ Size 38986 22051 Page 13 MaxL/P 72 │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To preview how the text data from the currently highlighted file will look when printed, press F2 . Information from the first page of this file will be displayed in the VIEW window. The page number, maximum number of charac- ters per line, and lines per page for this page are shown in the FILE INFOR- MATION window. Each page will be displayed as it will appear when printed, as shown below. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│ ││PPPPPPPP ^█│ ││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP v█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPPPPPPPPP │█│ ││PPPPPPPP │█│ │└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To view more of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys. -> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME . -> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER . -> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE . 123 FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 File Mask [Advanced] The FILE MASK option is used to denote a single specific file or to limit the number of files that are displayed during the file selection process. The cur- rent FILE MASK value is displayed to the right of the option, as shown below, normally with the default of "*.*". -> To edit this file name/wildcard, select the FILE MASK option by pressing M . The action keys that may be used during editing are shown on the bottom help line. The DOS wildcard characters of '*' and '?' may be used. A '.' must separate the file name specifier from the extension. ┌───────────────────────────┐ │ ╔══════════════════════╗ │ │ ║ File selection/tag >║█ │ │ ║ file Mask *.doc......║█ │ │ ║ Archive bit EITHER ║█ │ │ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │ │ ████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel changing the FILE MASK and return its current value, press ES- CAPE . -> To clear the entry window, press CTRL + END . -> To accept the edited FILE MASK, press ENTER . NOTE If the FILE MASK is cleared, it will revert to it's default value of "*.*". 124 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 FILES SELECT FUNCTION Archive bit [Expert] The ARCHIVE BIT status may be used to determine which files will be displayed for selection: 1.) only those that have changed and have their archive bit set on, or 2.) all files. Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may be reset after the file(s) is/are printed. The three states that the ARCHIVE BIT status may be set to are: EITHER Files will be displayed whether their ARCHIVE BIT status is on or off. ON Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on. CLEAR Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on. Addi- tionally, any files that are selected and then printed will have their ARCHIVE BIT set off after being printed. -> To toggle the ARCHIVE BIT status, press A . 125 PRINT FUNCTION Printing, the reason for LASR_MAN, may only be accomplished after one or more files have been selected and tagged. The options displayed on the PRINT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below is set to the Expert level. -> To select the PRINT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press P or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the PRINT Function using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . Two windows may then displayed; the PRINT Function menu for selection of print options and, if files are selected, the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST information window showing all of the selected and tagged files from the current directory. ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═════════════════════════════╗│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files v║█ │Paper═>STANDARD░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█ │┌──┤ Page ├───┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ output To: LPT1 ║█ ││Landscape ^═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Generate key word index:YES ║█ ││ │ ║╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ INDX-IT! ║█ ││ Lines═>72 ║║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═════════════════════════════╝█ ││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░███████████████████████████████ │└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞══════════════╝║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕│ ││><<cover>> >PAGES-08.DOC ││ │╘══════════════════════════╡ >=Not printed ▌=Front ▐=Back █=Both sides ╞═╛│ ╘╡ Scan>/2 File> /1 Size> /22447 Page> / Sheet> / ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│ -> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE . -> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter. -> To select a PRINT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and press ENTER . 126 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION Paper Source Bin [Normal] The PAPER SOURCE BIN option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired PAPER SOURCE BIN from those that are defined in the LASR_MAN printer command configuration file. The available PAPER SOURCE BIN options for laser printers include: DUPLEX LOWER Lower Cassette, Duplex printer EPSON FRONT Front Cassette, Epson printer FRONT CASSETTE Front Cassette LOWER CASSETTE (Default) Lower Cassette TRAY Multi-Purpose Tray The available PAPER SOURCE BIN options for ink jet printers include: TRAY, DESKJET (Default) Input Tray -> To toggle the PAPER SOURCE BIN, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER SOURCE BIN will change to the next one available, in alphabetical order. NOTE The DUPLEX LOWER PAPER SOURCE BIN is for the HP IID/IIID printers and will change how printing on the back side of paper sheets will be han- dled. Duplex printing is done on both sides of the paper sheet in a single pass through the printer. 127 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Print these Selected Files [Normal] Selection of the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option opens the gateway to printing the selected files, using the currently defined options. NOTE The default value for the PAPER SOURCE BIN option for laser printers is "LOWER CASSETTE", normally used on the HP IIP and IIIP printers. If your printer is different, select the proper PAPER SOURCE BIN for it before printing the selected files. TIP When printing with a STYLE OF OUTPUT of "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK", you can print the first sheet on a different colored paper stock for a cover. -> To select the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option, press P . If no files have yet been selected and tagged fro printing, an error message will be dis- played, as shown below. ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ File(s) MUST be Selected before they can be printed. │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To continue, press any key. You will first need to go to the FILES SELECT function and select the file(s) to be printed. Several menus can be displayed at this point, depending on the PRINTER, PAPER SOURCE, and OUTPUT settings. If the OUTPUT TO option has been set to "DISK FILE" and the disk file already exists, a file handling menu will be displayed. ┌─────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Disk File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │ │ │ Erase │█ │ │ │ Append │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────┘ -> To erase the current printer output disk file, "LASR_MAN.PRN", contents, press E . -> To leave the current printer output disk file, "LASR_MAN.PRN", contents as they are and append the new printer output to it, press A . If INDX-IT! is present, the "Generate key word index" option is set to "Yes", and the INDX-IT.RAW key word file already exists, a file handling menu will be displayed. 128 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION ┌──────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Index File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │ │ │ Erase │█ │ │ │ Append │█ │ │ └─────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ███████████████████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────────┘ -> To erase the current index word disk file, "INDX-IT!.RAW", contents, press E . -> To leave the current index word disk file, "INDX-IT!.RAW", contents as they are and append key words from the documents to be printed to it, press A . If the "DUPLEX" PAPER SOURCE has been selected and the STYLE OF OUTPUT is double sided, a print style menu will be displayed. ┌────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Select DUPLEX PRINT STYLE ├─┐ │ │ │ Book │█ │ │ │ Flip │█ │ │ └───────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ █████████████████████████████████ │ └────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To print the second side so that when the output sheet is three hole punched on the LEFT or RIGHT sides and inserted in a notebook, all pages are readable and properly oriented, press B . -> To print the second side so that when the output sheet is three hole punched on the TOP or BOTTOM sides and inserted in a notebook, all pages are readable and properly oriented, press F . ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌────────────────────┐ ┌────────────────────╥────────────────────┐ │ │ │ Page 3 │ Page 4 │ │ │ o ^ o │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ o ^ o │ │ │ │ │ o o o │ │ Page 3 │ Page 4 o ^ o Page 5 │ Page 6 │ │ │ ╞═══)══════)══════)══╡ └────────────────────╨────────────────────┘ │ │ │ o o o │ Book Style │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ Page 5 │ Page 6 │<─ Flip Chart Style │ │ └────────────────────┘ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ If the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK",the program will first take one scan through the selected files determining page locations. If the "DeskJet" family of PRINTERS has been selected, a print quality menu will be displayed. ┌───────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Select DeskJet PRINT QUALITY ├─┐ │ │ │ Draft │█ │ │ │ Letter │█ │ │ └──────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ████████████████████████████████████ │ └───────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To print the output in draft quality, press D . This method is normally twice as fast as letter quality and will normally produce more readable 129 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 output at the smaller pitch sizes. -> To print the output in letter quality, press L . The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window, displaying information about the selected files. The fields of this window will be updated as files are read and printed. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> 1/■ Sheet═> 1/■ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Three additional windows are next displayed. The first is the FILE INFORMA- TION window detailing data on the file currently being processed, as shown here. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │ │ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │ │ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The second window depicts the sheet to be printed, denoted by [ ], and the current text page - █ - and its relative position on this sheet. If more than one text page is to be printed on this sheet, this display will change with each additional text page as it is printed. ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ ACTION ├─────────┐ │ │ │ Print Page>[██│──] │█ │ │ └────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────┘ The third window is the PASS (1/2) PRINTING selection menu. The top menu header of this window contains the current pass number and instructions on how the printer output should be set for this pass. ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ╔═╡ PASS 1 Printing. Set OUTPUT-TOP. ╞═══════╗ │ │ ║ Print this sheet ║█│ │ ║ print all sheets of this File ║█│ │ ║ print all sheets of All files for this pass ║█│ │ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│ │ ║ Skip this sheet ║█│ │ ║ skip all sheets of this fIle ║█│ │ ║ skip all sheets of aLl files for this pass ║█│ │ ║ skip to sheet X ║█│ │ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│ │ ║ Cancel printing ║█│ │ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════╝█│ │ ███████████████████████████████████████████████│ └─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel printing at this point and return to the PRINT Function menu, press ESCAPE . -> To print the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE INFORMATION window, press P . The current sheet will be printed and the next sheet will be set up. -> To print the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press 130 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION F . NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK". -> To print the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this pass, press A . This is the normal default printing option. -> To skip the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE INFORMATION window, press S . NOTE EXTREME care should be taken with these skip options on multi-- pass output: if you skip anything on the first printing pass you MUST skip the same thing on the second printing pass, or your output will not line up. Normally, only use the skip options to determine how many sheets will be required, then go back and print it. -> To skip the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press I . NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK". -> To skip the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this pass, press L . -> To skip to a specific SHEET (not page), press X . This option is of pri- mary use when, after printing a large document, a sheet was not printed properly and you want to only reprint that sheet. A prompt will be dis- played asking for the SHEET number to skip to. ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ skip to sheet 2... │ └─────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel this option, press ESCAPE . -> To accept the sheet number as entered/edited, press ENTER . The pro- gram will skip to the desired sheet and then display the PRINTING PASS (1/2) PRINTING select menu again. -> To preview how this page will look when it is printed, press F2 . The first text page to be printed on this sheet will be displayed as it will appear when printed. The solid bar on the right and bottom of the display denote the size and location of this displayed text block to the rest of this page. 131 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│ ││PPPPPPPP ^█│ ││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP ▒█│ ││PPP PPP v█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPP PPP │█│ ││PPPPPPPPPP │█│ ││PPPPPPPP │█│ │└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To view more of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys. -> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME . -> To end viewing this page, press ESCAPE or ENTER . When the printing of all selected files on one side of the sheets of paper is completed, either the Printing Complete message or Pass Complete message will be displayed. ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────┐ │ │ │ Printing Complete. │█ │ │ └────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────┘ -> To continue and return to the MAIN MENU, press any key. The PASS 1 PRINTING COMPLETE message gives specific instruction on taking the PASS 1 OUTPUT and preparing it to use for INPUT to PASS 2. NOTE The printer configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG", has the instructions for both the lower paper cassette and the multi-purpose input tray. The reason is to cover all printer models, including those that have both input paths. If the combination of instructions is confusing, see the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" and edit the mes- sages as desired. 132 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ PRINTING PASS 1 COMPLETE. Use Pass 1 Printed Output for Pass 2 Input. │█│ │ │────────────────────┤ Set Pass 2 Input as follows: ├───────────────────│█│ │ │ LOWER CASSETTE: (Rev 2nd=YES) │█│ │ │ >>Printed side FACE DOWN, LAST PAGE on TOP<< │█│ │ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│ │ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│ │ │-or- │█│ │ │ MULTI-PURPOSE TRAY: (Rev 2nd=NO) │█│ │ │ >>Printed side FACE UP, FIRST PAGE on TOP<< │█│ │ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│ │ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│ │ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To cancel the next printing pass at this point, press ESCAPE . -> To continue with the next printing pass after its input has been properly placed, press any other key. The PASS 2 PRINTING option menu will next be displayed. When printing is being done with landscape orientation, the sheets may be printed on the second pass in one of two forms - Book Style or Flip Chart Style. Examples of these two forms, each with a binding margin and then three hole punched and inserted into a notebook are shown below. ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌──(Printing is upside down) │ │ │ │ 4:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ 3:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:3 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:4 │ │ o o o │ │ o o o │ ╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡ ╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡ │ o o o │ │ o o o │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │ │ (Book Style Output) │ │ (Flip Chart Style Output) │ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ 133 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Expert] The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT option sets the print order for the second printing pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed during the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last sheet. Changing this option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed during the first pass first and continuing to the back of the first page. NOTE The value of this option is automatically set to the proper method when the PAPER SOURCE BIN is selected and does not nominally need to be set. -> To toggle the REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION between "YES" and "NO", press R . 134 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION Output To [Expert] Printer output, by default, is sent to the LPT1 port. With the use of this op- tion, the printer output can be directed to any of the normal LPT or COM ports, or it may be written to a disk file. -> To toggle the output printer device, press T or move the highlight bar to this option and press ENTER . The printer devices that are available are: LPT 1 LPT 1 LPT 2 LPT 2 LPT 3 LPT 3 COM 1 COM 1 COM 2 COM 2 COM 3 COM 3 COM 4 COM 4 DISK FILE LASR_MAN.PRN If the disk file option is selected, its name will be "LASR_MAN.PRN". If this file already exists, on the same drive-directory as the program, a prompt is displayed to select how the file is to be handled. ┌─────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Disk File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │ │ │ Erase │█ │ │ │ Append │█ │ │ └────────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ██████████████████████████████ │ └─────────────────────────────────┘ -> To erase the current file, "LASR_MAN.PRN", and create a new one for this output, press E . -> To append this output to previous output, press A . NOTE This disk file will contain printer commands. If it is to be later transferred to the printer, such as by use of the DOS COPY command, make sure to use the binary option, /B, or the printer commands/soft fonts may be lost. 135 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Generate Key Word Index Key words from a document or documents being printed may be written to a disk file. These words may be later processed by the program INDX-IT! to produce document indexes or key word reports. NOTE This option is ONLY displayed and available if the program INDX-IT! is present. If it is not present, this option will not be displayed. -> To toggle whether key word disk file output will be produced during the docu- ment printing process, press G . INDX-IT! INDX-IT! is a companion program that will generate document indexes and key word reports for documents printed by LASR_MAN. These indexes and reports can, in turn, be printed by LASR_MAN. Normal operating procedure is to first print the desired document(s) using LASR_MAN, with the "Generate key word index" option set to "Yes". Next, INDX-IT! is run to produce the proper index or report. Finally, the output generated by INDX-IT! is printed by LASR_MAN in the desired style. NOTE This option is ONLY displayed and available if the program INDX-IT! is present. If it is not present, this option will not be displayed. -> To run INDX-IT! after the desired documents have been printed, press I or move the highlight bar to this option and press ENTER . INDX-IT! will be run, and then control will return to LASR_MAN. NOTE The combination of LASR_MAN and INDX-IT! requires about 420K of memory. 136 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION Cutting and Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books Pamphlets and Books may be printed with two, four, or eight text pages per paper side. Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After both printing passes are complete, the sheets do not need to be cut before fold- ing and stapling. Fold each sheet on the line between pages, as shown below. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ╔═ FOLD ║ ║ v ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝ Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After both printing passes are complete, cut the sheets as shown below on the page divider line (double line labeled "CUT A"). Place the sheets from "STACK 1" on top of those labeled "STACK 2". Then fold all sheets on the page divider line. ╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ╔═ FOLD ║ ║ v ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 1 ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ║ ║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ CUT A ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 2 ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝ 137 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After both printing passes are complete, cut the sheets as shown below on the vertical page divider line (double line labeled "CUT A"). Place the sheets from "STACK 1" on top of those labeled "STACK 2". Next cut the sheets on the horizontal page divider line (double line labeled 'CUT B'). Place the sheets from "STACK 3" on top of those labeled "STACK 4". Finally fold all sheets on the page divider line. ╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ╔═ CUT A ╔═ FOLD ║ ║ v v ║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 3 ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 ║ PAGE:14│ PAGE:3 │ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 │ ║ ║ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ ═════> │════════╪════════│<═ CUT B ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 4 ║ ║ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 ║ PAGE:10│ PAGE:7 │ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └─────────────────┘ ║ ║ ^ ^ ^ COMBINED ║ ║ └─ STACK 1 └─ STACK 2 └─ STACKS 1 & 2 ║ ╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, Two Text Pages/Book Page - After both printing passes are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line noted. ╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║ ║ │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ║ ║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ FOLD ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │<═ BOOK ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ PAGE ║ ║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ (2 text ║ ║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ pages) ║ ║ └───────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝ 138 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PRINT FUNCTION Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, Four Text Pages/Book Page - After both printing passes are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line noted. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ FOLD═╗ ╔═BOOK PAGE ║ ║ v v (4 text pages)║ ║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ ║ ║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║ ║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║ ║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝ 139 PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Stapling Pamphlets and Books If you don't have a deep throat stapler, here's a procedure to staple a pam- phlet/book after printing. -> Fold each page at its centerline separately. -> Put the folded pages together in the proper order. -> On a flat surface, place a magazine or book which is thicker then the length of the staples legs. Use a stapler that has been opened as shown in the dia- gram below. Hold the pamphlet/book in proper alignment while stapling. -> Bend the staple legs over using an object such as a coin. ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗ ║ ║ ║ ┌──────────────────────────┐ ║ ║ └─┬────────────────────────┤<─── Stapler opened up ║ ║ │ V<─ Draw arrow @ staple│ ┌──────────────────── ║ ║ Staple ─────────> └─┬──────────────────────┘▄└──────────────────── ║ ║ ══════════════════════════════════════════ ║ ║ ^ ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║ ║ Centerline of │ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ║ Pamphlet/Book ────┘ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║ ║ ^ ║ ║ └ MAGAZINE (Thicker than the staple legs) ║ ║ ║ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝ 140 EXIT FUNCTION The EXIT FUNCTION performs the task of leaving the LASR_MAN program and, option- ally, saving the program options in their current state for subsequent program executions. The options displayed on the EXIT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below is set to the Expert level. -> To select the EXIT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press X or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the EXIT Function using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The EXIT Function menu is displayed, as shown below. ╒═╡ Laser Printer Utility Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕ │░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════╗ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Return to DOS ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<Save options ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ │░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│ │░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│ │░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│ │░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│ │░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│ ╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 5.10, Copyright 1990-93 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛ F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│ -> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE . -> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter. -> To select an EXIT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and press ENTER . If changes have been made to the type of monitor, menu colors or reverse 2nd pass output options, it is assumed that the changes should be saved and the SAVE OPTIONS option will be highlighted: other- wise, the RETURN TO DOS option is highlighted. 141 EXIT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Return to DOS [Normal] -> To return to DOS, select the RETURN TO DOS option by pressing R . The program will exit. If this is an unregistered copy of LASR_MAN, a shareware registration reminder message will be displayed. Cancel [Normal] -> To cancel exiting from LASR_MAN and return to the MAIN MENU, select the CAN- CEL option by pressing either C or ESCAPE . 142 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 EXIT FUNCTION Save Options [Normal] The LASR_MAN program options currently in effect may be saved, either to a de- fault or user named file. These options include all of those set by the SETUP and OPTION FUNCTIONS, the ATTRIBUTE BIT status and FILE MASK of the FILES SELECT FUNCTION and the PAPER SOURCE BIN and REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT of the PRINT FUNC- TION. -> To save the current option settings, select the SAVE OPTIONS option by press- ing S . An OPTION FILE data entry window is displayed, with entry required for both the option file name and its description. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Option File ├──────────────────────────────────────┐ │ │ │ Name LASR_MAN │█│ │ │ Description LASR_MAN Default Option Parameters...... │█│ │ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│ │ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To edit either the file name or description, use the control keys shown on the help line. NOTE The default option file name of "LASR_MAN" will cause the file to be automatically loaded every time that LASR_MAN is run and does not need to be specified on the command line. The option file extension will be ".LMO" and should NOT be entered. NOTE The description is optional and may be left blank, although it can be quite helpful when viewing option files prior to load- ing. -> To cancel this function, press ESCAPE . -> To accept either the file name or description after editing is com- plete, press ENTER . After both name and description have been entered, a data path option menu is displayed. ┌──────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ Save the DATA PATH? ├─┐ │ │ │ Yes │█ │ │ │ No │█ │ │ └─────────────────────────┘█ │ │ ███████████████████████████ │ └──────────────────────────────┘ -> To include the current drive-directory DATA PATH in the saved option file, press Y . -> To EXCLUDE the DATA PATH from the saved option file, press N . This method is useful for creating generic option files that can be used for printing files from any drive-directory. The current options will be saved, and a save complete message dis- played. 143 EXIT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 5.1 ┌───────────────────────────────────────┐ │ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────┐ │ │ │ LASR_MAN.LMO option file updated. │█│ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘█│ │ █████████████████████████████████████│ └───────────────────────────────────────┘ -> To continue, press any key. The program returns to the EXIT FUNCTION menu. NOTE The option files may be modified with an ASCII word proces- sor/editor. For example, if you want to use the default option file, "LASR_MAN.LMO", but want the data directory to be the current drive-directory, you may edit the file and remove the line that begins "/D...". 144 DESKJET PRINTERS The Hewlett-Packard family of DeskJet printers - DeskJet, DeskJet +, and DeskJet 500 - is also supported by LASR_MAN, with a few limitations. These limitations, and some notes about them, are detailed below. * Only "STANDARD LETTER" and "LEGAL" PAPER SIZES are supported. * It is recommended that printing be done in "Draft" mode rather than "Letter", due to the latter requiring twice as long and printing the characters more dense, resulting in less legible output. * The following STYLES OF OUTPUT are NOT supported by DeskJet printers WITHOUT additional memory: PORTRAIT, TINY (33 CPI) LANDSCAPE, ELITE (12 CPI) LANDSCAPE, TINY (33 CPI) All 8 PAGE/SIDE STYLES OF OUTPUT * The following STYLES OF OUTPUT are NOT supported by DeskJet and DeskJet + printers, even with additional memory: All 8 PAGE/SIDE STYLES OF OUTPUT NOTE This limitation is under evaluation, and may be removed in later releases. * For DeskJet printers WITHOUT additional memory, the following comments apply. PORTRAIT, 12 CPI uses a 12 point font instead of 10 point. PORTRAIT, 17 CPI uses a 6 point font instead of 8.5 point. This results in spaces between characters vertically. LANDSCAPE, 17 CPI and all 2 PPS STYLES use a 6 point font instead of 8.5 point. This results in spaces between characters vertically. * Underlining, both for titles and text, is NOT available with LANDSCAPE STYLES OF OUTPUT. * To print LANDSCAPE using legal size paper, you may need to first set the printer switches for the legal paper size. For the DeskJet 500 printer this is Bank A, switch 5 up, and switch 6 down. This problem does not seem to occur in PORTRAIT orientation. * When printing 8 page/side STYLES OF OUTPUT, print a single sheet at a time. Due to an internal printer memory limitation, that the program cannot detect, the printer may require more than one pass to print one side of a sheet. This will occur with both standard letter and legal size paper. NOTE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS LIMITATION WILL RESULT IN PRODUCING USELESS OUTPUT. * When printing 2 and 8 pages/side STYLE OF OUTPUT temporary files are generat- ed on the LASR_MAN directory. The file names starts with "$$" and they have an extension of ".TMP". These files are erased with a normal program exit. 145 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE The CONFIGURATION FILE is an ASCII file with an extension of ".LMG". It may be edited by any word processor, using the word processor's option for editing and saving unformatted files. CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILES are similar in format to the CONFIGURATION FILE and have an extension of ".LMC". There are two way that the printer parameters may be changed: 1.) Edit the configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG", and change the parame- ter(s) on a permanent basis, and 2.) Create a change configuration file, with an extension of ".LMC", con- taining the parameter(s) to be changed, and either specify the file on the command line with a "/C" option or select the CHANGE CONFG option from the SETUP function menu. Two print test files, PAGES-08.DOC and PAGE-16.DOC, are included with LASR_MAN. These file consists of eight and sixteen pages, each with a maximum of fifty- -seven seventy-nine character lines. These files may be printed using the vari- ous printing styles in order to determine the proper procedure(s) necessary to produce the correct output. Results of this experimentation may then be used to modify the configuration file to provide the proper printer commands, and end of printing pass messages for your printer and procedures. -> To replace a printer command's default value edit the command as desired. Any ASCII character may be used in a command string EXCEPT for carriage return (13). All characters are entered using their ASCII codes. (Hold the ALTER- NATE key down and enter the ASCII code using the numeric keypad only.) To comment out a printer command, add a '*' at the beginning of its line. NOTE The format of the printer commands is: [parameter #]:{description}{max. length}=[value] In general, printer commands should remain in the same order as in the distribu- tion file. Blank lines (except at the end of the end of pass messages) and those not starting with a numeric code are ignored. The messages that are displayed at the end of the various printer passes are located in the section "PAPER SOURCE BIN PARAMETERS", at the end of the printer commands. These messages may be customized for your specific printer or instal- lation in the same manner as the other printer commands. -> To edit the end of pass messages, place each desired message line on a sepa- rate line (ended with a CR LF combination) in the file, starting the first line on the same line as the equals sign. A blank line MUST follow the last message line. Blank characters at the beginning and the end of each message line are significant, and will be displayed as entered. -> To use a configuration change file, specify its name and path on the command line using the configuration change file option or select it using the program's SETUP Function. 146 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES The beginning of the configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG", is shown on the follow- ing page. Following that, is a configuration change file used to suppress the text placed on blank text pages. NOTE CONTROL CODES ARE SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL IN BRACES {} WITH THEIR DECIMAL VALUE SINCE THEY ARE NON-PRINTING. THEY SHOULD APPEAR IN THE CONFIGU- RATION FILE AS SINGLE ASCII CHARACTERS WITHOUT THE BRACKETS. The maxi- mum length of text data fields is given in brackets [ ]. 147 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR_MAN Version 5.1 LASR_MAN PRINTER COMMAND CONFIGURATION FILE █▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█ █ LASR_MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION FILE █ █▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█ NAME: LASR_MAN.LMG : Copyright 1991-1993, MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved. SOURCE: 03-15-91 MicroMetric, Sarasota, FL. MOD: 04-12-92 Rename and rework from Version 3 : Renumber all parameters (old number in <>) : :THE ORDER OF THE PRINTER PARAMETERS BELOW MUST BE : : ------- :Standard Printer Parameters :Paper Size Parameters :Paper Source Bin Parameters FOR THE DEFAULT CONFIGURATION FILE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL PARAMETERS BE SET!! (They should all be present with no leading "*") 1001:version=50 █▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█ █ STANDARD PRINTER PARAMETERS █ █▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█ 1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ LASR_MAN prints books & pamphlets: Saves Tree s! ÷ *1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ This space is intentionally left blank ÷ 1012:print_landscape[9]={27}&l1O 1013:print_portrait[9]={27}&l0O 1014:print_reset[24]={27}E{27}&l2A 1015:print_underlineoff[9]={27}&d@ 1016:print_underlineon[9]={27}&dD 1017:print_topline_normal[9]={27}&a0R 1018:print_font[9]={27}(10U 1021:char_for_control=■ 1022:chars_for_continue[10]=═══>> 1023:char_for_formfeed=\ 1031:print_char_horiz_block=▀ 1032:print_char_horiz_thin=─ 1041:print_char_vert_block=█ 1042:print_char_vert_thin=│ 1099:print_newsheet[9]={12} 1999:end=Yes ----- FILE CONTINUES ---- 148 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR_MAN PRINTER COMMAND CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE LASR_MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC : Suppresses the no page message : Copyright 1991-1993, MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved. SOURCE: 04-12-92 MicroMetric, Sarasota, FL. To change a value from its default, remove the leading "*", if present, and change the parameter after the equal sign to the desired value. All parameters starting with a "*" will use the value previously loaded. 1001:version=50 1006:any_size_bin=Yes 1011:print_no_page_message[80]= 1999:end=Yes 149 LASR_MAN FILES LASR_MAN is distributed as compressed archives consisting of the following files: Files required for LASR_MAN operation: LASR_MAN.EXE . . Executable program LASR_MAN.LMG . . Printer configuration file Additional files necessary for FULL LASR_MAN operation: BINDMARG.LMC . . Configuration change file for a binding margin LASR_MAN.HLP . . Help text information LASR_MAN.ORD . . Shareware/retail registration order form STAMP_P0.LMF . . STAMP-IT! "rubber stamp" soft font ?????_P2.LMF . . Type 2 (256 character) Letter Gothic soft fonts in Portrait orientation only NOTE These fonts support LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV printers and compatibles. LaserJet + printers/compatibles require the soft fonts in the file "LM_FONT1.ZIP". LaserJet II printers/compatibles require the soft fonts in the file "LM_FONT2.ZIP". DeskJet printers/compatibles require the soft fonts in the file "LM_FONT3.ZIP". Files included to aid in the use of LASR_MAN: ASKN.COM . . . . User input routine for PRINTDOC.BAT INITIAL.LMO . . . Initial option settings option file LASR_MAN.DOC . . LASR_MAN documentation manual LASR_MAN.ICO . . LASR_MAN Windows icon LASR_MAN.PIF . . LASR_MAN Windows program information file LM_DOC_*.LMO . . LASR_MAN option files for printing LASR_MAN.DOC NONOPAGE.LMC . . Configuration change file to suppress the blank page message PAGES_*.DOC . . . Test print documents with 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 pages PRINTDOC.BAT . . Routine to aid in printing LASR_MAN.DOC SAMPLE.LMV . . . Sample cover file with large letters Additional files in the distribution archive: DESC.SDI . . . . BBS program description FILE_ID.DIZ . . . BBS program description LASR_MAN.LST . . List of LASR_MAN files in the distribution file README.LM . . . . Text file consisting of program summary, features, and history The registered version diskette includes these additional files: Installation files: INSTALL.EXE . . . Installation program INSTALL.HLP . . . Installation program help file INSTALLZ.EXE . . Installation unpack program INST_SW.ZIP . . . Installation program files README . . . . . Installation read me file 150 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 LASR_MAN FILES Additional SUPPLEMENTAL FILES available for LASR_MAN include: LM_FONT1.ZIP . . Type 1 Portrait and Landscape soft fonts LM_FONT2.ZIP . . Type 2 Landscape soft fonts LM_FONT3.ZIP . . Type 3 DeskJet Portrait and Landscape soft fonts LM_C2PPS.ZIP . . Configuration change files to print 2 pages/side with pitches other than Line Printer 17 cpi font LM_C4PPS.ZIP . . Configuration change file to print 4 pages/side with pitches other than Small 23 cpi font The files that can be generated or used by LASR_MAN consist of: $$*.TMP . . . . . Temporary print compose files for DeskJet printer output. *.LMC . . . . . . Change configuration files. See the chapter "EDITING THE CON- FIGURATION FILES" for information on their format and use. *.LMO . . . . . . Saved option files. These files may be edited using an ASCII word processor and any option changed or removed. *.LMV . . . . . . Cover files. These files may be created and edited by an ASCII word processor. Their line width should be equal or less than the characters per line allowed by the selected STYLE OF OUT- PUT that will be used. INDX-IT!.RAW . . Key word output for INDX-IT! LASR_MAN.PRN . . Reassigned printer output disk file. LASR_MAN.REG . . LASR_MAN registration information. 151 GLOSSARY 1 UP TYPE . Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side of a sheet. Prints one page on a sheet. 2 UP TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side of a sheet. Prints two pages on a sheet. 4 UP TYPE . Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet. 8 UP TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. BOOK PAGE . A book page is one side of the portion of a sheet that contains no fold for either PAMPHLET or BOOK type printing styles. It may contain one, two or four pages of text. BOOK TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet with the first page on the right side of the first sheet and the second page on the back of the first. Multiple files are treated as chapters in the book, and the output is a single group of sheets. BRAND . Create a registration file with your name and the system serial number. CHANGE CONFIG(URATION) FILE . A file containing printer control commands used to alter the defaults loaded from the CONFIGURATION FILE for a single program execution. CONFIG(URATION) FILE A file containing the printer control language (PCL) com- mands for the specific sizes and sources of paper. This file also con- tains the messages displayed at the end of the first printing pass, when the sheets are being printed on both sides. COVER FILE A text file to be printed before the selected file(s). This file may be of any length and must have an extension of ".LMV". CPI . . Characters per inch. CPL . . Characters per line. DOUBLE TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints one page on a side and two pages on a sheet. DOUBLE SIDED LANDSCAPE TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints one page on a side two pages on a sheet. DOUBLE PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. Each file is printed on a separate group of sheets. DOUBLE BOOK TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. Multiple files are 152 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 GLOSSARY treated as chapters in the book and the output is a single group of sheets. DUPLEX The ability of the printer to print text on first one side of a sheet of paper, and then print text on the other side of that sheet in the same printer pass. ELITE . Pitch of twelve characters per inch, printed at eight lines per inch. HEXADECIMAL TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a side and sixteen pages on a sheet. LANDSCAPE . Orientation where the long side of the sheet is horizontal. LANDSCAPE TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side of a sheet. Prints one text page on a sheet. LINE PRINTER Pitch of 16.67 characters per inch printed at 9.34 lines per inch. LINE/PAGE LIMIT . Maximum text lines to allow on a page. This value can override the defined lines per page based on the PAPER SIZE, as long as it is less. LPI . . Lines per inch. LPP . . Lines per page. MAXC/L Maximum characters per line. MAXL/P Maximum lines per page. OCTAL TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints four pages per side and eight pages on a sheet. OPTION FILE A file that contains a set of LASR_MAN options that may be loaded either from the command line or by menu selection. ORIENTATION The location of the printing on sheets, either portrait or land- scape. PAGE . A logical block of text data terminated by a form feed character or the maximum number of lines per page. PAGE DIVIDERS Lines, separating text pages, printed on sheets with more than one text page per side. PAGE FLOW . The orientation of text pages on sheets with four or more pages per side: either horizontal or vertical. 153 GLOSSARY LASR_MAN Version 5.1 PAGES/SIDE The number of text pages that are printed on one side of a sheet of paper. PAGES/BOOK PAGE . The number of text pages that will appear on the page of ei- ther a pamphlet or a book when the pamphlet/book pages are cut/folded. PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet with the first page on the right side of the first sheet and the second page on the back of the first. Each file is printed on a separate group of sheets. Pamphlet type style prints each file on separate sheets while book type style uses the same sheets for all files. PAPER SOURCE BIN The selected location from which paper to be printed is feed. PAPER SIZE The selected size of the paper to be printed. PASSES Number of times that the output paper sheets must be printed. PICA . Pitch of ten characters per inch printed at six lines per inch. PITCH . Number of characters per inch. PORTRAIT Orientation where the long side of the sheet is vertical. PORTRAIT TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side of a sheet. Prints one text page on a sheet. PPS . . Text pages per side. PRINT FONT The font used by the printer to produce the output document. This font may be an internal printer font, one from a printer cartridge or a soft font that has been downloaded to the printer. PCL . . Printer Control Language. QUAD PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints sixteen pages on a sheet. Each file is printed on a separate group of sheets. QUAD BOOK TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints sixteen pages on a sheet. Multiple files are treated as chapters in the book and the output is a single group of sheets. QUAD TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints two pages on a side and four pages on a sheet. SCANS . Number of times that the group of files selected and tagged to be printed must be read during the printing process. 154 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 GLOSSARY SHEET . A physical piece of paper that may have more than one logical page of data printed on it. Sheets may be printed on one side or on both sides. SIDE . One side of a physical piece of paper. SMALL . Pitch of 23 characters per inch printed at 12.67 lines per inch. STYLE . The orientation and method of printing (single-sided or double-sided) sheets. TINY . Pitch of 33 characters per inch printed at 16 lines per inch. TYPE . Major STYLE OF OUTPUT. U_LINE TOGGLE A character that will allow underlining of text blocks when they are printed. USER DISPLAY LEVEL The specified level of background information to display when waiting for main/function menu selection. USER MENU LEVEL . The specified level of options to allow and display on the function menus. 155 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 2 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 4 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 8 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Actions and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 69, 81 Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 36, 37, 82, 119, 120, 122, 124, 125 Background information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 64, 70, 72, 83 Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 70, 112, 133, 150 Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 48, 70, 97, 112, 114, 146 Book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 16-18, 60, 61, 74, 103, 137-139, 152, 154 Book type . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 46, 60, 61, 100, 101, 112, 152, 154 Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 24, 28, 29, 86, 152 Cancel 26, 29, 31, 68, 78, 80-82, 90, 91, 93-95, 105, 107, 111, 114, 115, 117, 124, 130, 131, 133, 141-143 Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Change config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 78, 81, 82, 146 Change configuration file . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36, 38, 78, 79, 112, 146, 149 Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 90 Command line/environment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 36 Change configuration file . . . . . . . . 31, 36, 38, 78, 79, 112, 146, 149 Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 39, 82, 97, 107, 108, 150, 152 Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-28, 31, 36, 40 File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 41, 81, 82, 119, 120, 122, 124, 143 Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 36, 42, 89 Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 43, 82, 97, 117, 153 Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 20, 25, 36, 44, 66, 75, 82, 89, 90, 141 Option file . . 9, 36, 40, 45, 81, 82, 96, 97, 105, 106, 143, 144, 150, 153 Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 36, 46, 70, 71, 82, 97, 112 Paper size . 9, 19, 35, 36, 52, 66, 71, 80-82, 84, 85, 93, 97, 98, 145, 148, 153, 154 Paper source bin . . . . . . 9, 36, 53, 93, 127, 128, 134, 143, 146, 148, 154 Pitch . 8, 9, 11-19, 36, 54, 56, 57, 70, 86, 87, 97, 99-102, 104, 126, 130, 153-155 Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 56, 84, 85, 87, 154 Reverse 2nd pass printing . . . . . . . . . . 58, 81, 82, 126, 134, 141, 143 Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 53, 58 STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 59, 82, 97, 118, 150 Style of output . . . 33, 35, 36, 48, 54, 60, 61, 66, 71, 73, 74, 80-82, 87, 99-103, 114, 115, 117, 121, 128, 129, 131, 145, 151, 155 Title . . . . . . . . . . 9, 36, 46, 47, 62, 63, 66, 70, 81, 82, 97, 109-113 User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 64, 72, 80, 82, 83, 155 User menu level . . . 36, 65, 71, 72, 75, 80, 82, 83, 97, 119, 126, 141, 155 Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 39, 82, 97, 107, 108, 150, 152 Cpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 86, 87, 99, 104, 145, 151, 152 Cpl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 99, 152 Custom title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Cutting and folding sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 70, 75, 76, 78, 80-82, 95, 119, 143 156 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INDEX Date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 82, 92 DeskJet printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 56, 145, 150 Disk not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 68 Double sided landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 60, 152 Double type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-28, 31, 36, 40 Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 53, 58, 127, 129, 153 Editing the configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 38, 78, 132, 146 Elite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 54, 56, 57, 69, 86, 87, 104, 145, 153 Escape key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 96, 105, 141, 144 Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-82, 141, 142 Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 80-82, 96, 141, 143 Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 82, 121 File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 41, 81, 82, 119, 120, 122, 124, 143 File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 70, 112 File select function Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 36, 37, 82, 119, 120, 122, 124, 125 File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 41, 81, 82, 119, 120, 122, 124, 143 File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 73, 80-82, 120-122, 124 File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 73, 80-82, 120-122, 124 File view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 79, 105, 107 File view key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Files required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Footer . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 19, 20, 36, 62, 63, 71, 81, 82, 97, 99, 109, 110 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Header . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 19, 20, 36, 47, 62, 63, 72, 109, 110, 113, 130 Help key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 25, 66, 67, 69 Hexadecimal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 153 INDX-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 23, 50, 82, 126, 128, 129, 136, 151 Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 64, 70, 72, 83 Installing the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 66, 99, 103 Landscape orientation . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 60, 71, 99, 100, 133, 152-154 Landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 60, 100, 152, 153 LaserJet printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 LASR_MAN files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 29, 150 Learning to use LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 54, 56, 57, 86, 87, 151, 153 Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 43, 82, 97, 117, 153 Lpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Lpp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 99, 153 Main menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Major features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Manual format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Maxc/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 123, 130, 153 Maxl/p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 123, 130, 153 Menu border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Menu type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 91 No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 70, 97, 112, 114 Normal user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Octal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 153 157 INDEX LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Operation sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Option file . . . . 9, 36, 40, 45, 81, 82, 96, 97, 105, 106, 143, 144, 150, 153 Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 36, 46, 70, 71, 82, 97, 112 Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 70, 112, 133, 150 Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 48, 70, 97, 112, 114, 146 File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 70, 112 No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 70, 97, 112, 114 Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 113, 153 Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 12, 13, 48, 70, 97, 112, 114, 153 Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 112 Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 70, 97, 112, 115 Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 70, 112 Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 70, 97, 112, 115 Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 70, 97, 112, 115, 116 Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 70, 97, 112, 113 U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Options function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 64-66, 73, 97, 110 Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 39, 82, 97, 107, 108, 150, 152 Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 43, 82, 97, 117, 153 Option file . . 9, 36, 40, 45, 81, 82, 96, 97, 105, 106, 143, 144, 150, 153 Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 36, 46, 70, 71, 82, 97, 112 Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 62, 66, 81, 82, 97, 109, 110 Paper size . 9, 19, 35, 36, 52, 66, 71, 80-82, 84, 85, 93, 97, 98, 145, 148, 153, 154 STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 59, 82, 97, 118, 150 Style of output . . . 33, 35, 36, 48, 54, 60, 61, 66, 71, 73, 74, 80-82, 87, 99-103, 114, 115, 117, 121, 128, 129, 131, 145, 151, 155 Output to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 36, 51, 82, 126, 128, 135 Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 113, 153 Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 12, 13, 48, 70, 97, 112, 114, 153 Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 62, 66, 81, 82, 97, 109, 110 Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 103, 138, 139, 154 Pages/side . 11-18, 70, 73, 74, 97, 99, 102, 110, 113, 114, 126, 137-139, 145, 151, 154 Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 33, 46, 60, 100, 101, 112, 152, 154 Paper size 9, 19, 35, 36, 52, 66, 71, 80-82, 84, 85, 93, 97, 98, 145, 148, 153, 154 Paper source bin . . . . . . . 9, 36, 53, 93, 127, 128, 134, 143, 146, 148, 154 Pass 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 132, 133 Pass 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133 Pica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 18, 54, 56, 69, 73, 86, 87, 104, 154 Pitch Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 54, 56, 57, 86, 87, 151, 153 Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 18, 54, 56, 57, 69, 86, 87, 104, 151, 155 Tiny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 18, 54, 56, 57, 69, 86, 87, 104, 145, 155 Portrait orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 60, 86, 100, 145, 150, 152-154 Portrait type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 100, 154 Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 90, 91, 123, 131 Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 56, 84, 85, 87, 154 Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 112 Print function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 73, 87, 122, 126, 130, 143 Output to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 36, 51, 82, 126, 128, 135 158 LASR_MAN Version 5.1 INDEX Paper source bin . . . . . . 9, 36, 53, 93, 127, 128, 134, 143, 146, 148, 154 Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 80-82, 126, 128 Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 81, 82, 126, 134, 141, 143 Print style overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 86, 99, 103 Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 80-82, 126, 128 Printer 1, 8, 10, 11, 18, 20, 27, 34, 36, 38, 51, 53-57, 60, 61, 66-70, 73, 75, 78-82, 84-87, 97, 98, 100, 101, 118, 120, 126-128, 130, 132, 133, 135, 141, 145, 146, 148-154 Printer not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Printing complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Quad type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 154 Quick install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21, 24, 29, 142, 150-152 Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 82, 93 Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 82, 95 Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-82, 141, 142 Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 81, 82, 126, 134, 141, 143 Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 53, 58 Rubber stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 59, 118, 150 Running LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25, 33, 69 Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 80-82, 96, 141, 143 Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 121, 126, 129, 130 Setup function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 69, 71, 75-77, 84, 96, 119, 146 Change config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 78, 81, 82, 146 Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 90 Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 70, 75, 76, 78, 80-82, 95, 119, 143 Date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 82, 92 Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 56, 84, 85, 87, 154 Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 82, 93 Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 82, 95 Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75, 80-82, 96, 141, 143 User level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 65, 66, 71, 72, 80, 82, 83, 121 Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 7, 10, 20-22, 24, 142, 150 Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Sheet . . . 8-19, 47, 48, 52, 54, 58, 60, 62, 67, 73, 74, 98-102, 113, 114, 121, 126-131, 134, 137, 145, 152-155 Sides . . . . . . . . 10-19, 60, 70, 71, 73, 97, 99-101, 126, 127, 129, 152-155 Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 70, 97, 112, 115 STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 59, 82, 97, 118, 150 Stapling pamphlets and books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Style of output 1 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 2 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 4 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 8 up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 Book type . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 46, 60, 61, 100, 101, 112, 152, 154 Double sided landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 60, 152 Double type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 152 Hexadecimal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 153 Landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 60, 100, 152, 153 Octal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 153 159 INDEX LASR_MAN Version 5.1 Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 103, 138, 139, 154 Pages/side 11-18, 70, 73, 74, 97, 99, 102, 110, 113, 114, 126, 137-139, 145, 151, 154 Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . 9, 14-16, 33, 46, 60, 100, 101, 112, 152, 154 Portrait type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 100, 154 Quad type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 154 Style . 33, 35, 36, 48, 54, 60, 61, 66, 71, 73, 74, 80-82, 87, 99-103, 114, 115, 117, 121, 128, 129, 131, 145, 151, 155 Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 99, 100, 102 Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 99, 100, 102 Summary of all available options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Supported word processors WordPerfect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 70, 112 System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 70, 97, 112, 115 Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 70, 97, 112, 115, 116 Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 70, 97, 112, 113 Title segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-113 Type text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 121, 123, 130 U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 64, 72, 80, 82, 83, 155 User level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 65, 66, 71, 72, 80, 82, 83, 121 Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 69, 81 Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 82, 121 Normal user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 64, 72, 80, 82, 83, 155 User menu level . . . 36, 65, 71, 72, 75, 80, 82, 83, 97, 119, 126, 141, 155 User menu level . . . . . 36, 65, 71, 72, 75, 80, 82, 83, 97, 119, 126, 141, 155 Utility menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 67 Wildcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 41, 124 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 33, 90, 121, 126, 130, 150 WordPerfect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ■■■■_MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 160